Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Business Services / Innate Pharma

Innate Pharma

iph · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker iph
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Innate Pharma
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 
Annual Report 2024

Contents
2	
About IPH 
14	
Year in review
20	 Sustainability
54	 Our Board & Leadership
58	 Directors’ Report
74	
Remuneration Report
90	 Financial Statements
141	 Shareholder Information
144	 Corporate Directory 
Our Group Network
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
D	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Combined power, smarter working, enabling growth.
1
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Patent group in Australia, Canada, 
New Zealand and Singapore1
Trade mark group in Australia, 
Canada, and New Zealand2
No. 1
About IPH
IPH is a leading international intellectual 
property (IP) services group and was the first 
IP services group to list on the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in 2014.
About
Year in Review
Our Board & Leadership
Corporate Directory
Sustainability
2 
IPH Annual Report 2024
Through the IPH group network, we provide services 
for the protection, commercialisation, enforcement 
and management of all forms of IP including patents, 
trade marks and designs. We operate out of 27 offices 
and service 26 IP jurisdictions.
IPH’s vision is to be the leading IP services group 
in secondary IP markets and adjacent areas of IP. 
We service a broad range of clients, including some 
of the world’s leading companies, multi-nationals, 
universities, public sector research organisations, 
foreign associates, and other corporate and 
individual clients.
Central to everything we do is a set of core values. 
These values underpin IPH’s success and assist us 
to deliver tailored commercial solutions to our clients, 
empower our people, and create and maintain value 
for our stakeholders.
  IPH Offices
  IPH Coverage
  Primary IP markets
  Secondary IP markets
IP jurisdictions
26
Employees3
1,600+
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
2	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Year in review
About

Core values
Excellence in  
service delivery 
to our clients
Innovation in 
value creation
Efficiency and 
effectiveness in 
our operations
Integrity  
in business 
practices
Empowerment 
and engagement 
of our people
Director’s Report
Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
Shareholder Information
iphltd.com.au  3
Global annual patent filings4
35k+
Global annual trade mark filings4
13k+
Our group network
1.	 Management estimated market share based on local IP office filing data: Australia (FY24 as at 21/7/24), Singapore (CY24 YTD April as at 1/7/24), New Zealand 
(FY24 as at 29/7/24), Canada (CY 23 and CY 24 YTD March as at 29/07/24).
2.	 Management estimated market share based on local IP office filing data: Australia (FY24 as at 31/7/24), New Zealand (FY24 as at 29/7/24). Canada is 
management opinion and estimate based on WIPO Global Brands Database (GBD) for 2022 and 2023, noting data in the GBD may be missing records for 
some countries and may not be complete.
3.	 Approximate employee numbers across the IPH group.
4.	Cases filed or instructed to be filed worldwide based on IPH internal data for FY24, including recently acquired entities from 1 July of the acquisition year.
3
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

brands7
The IPH network
As of 30 June 2024, IPH owned seven brands 
with over 1,600 employees working in Australia, 
Canada, China, Hong Kong SAR, Indonesia, 
Malaysia, New Zealand, The Philippines, Singapore 
and Thailand. The IPH group network comprises 
leading IP firms AJ Park, Griffith Hack, Pizzeys, 
ROBIC, Smart & Biggar and Spruson & Ferguson, 
as well as online trade mark provider Applied 
Marks. IPH member firms all share a rich heritage 
and history of providing the highest‑quality 
IP services to clients in their local markets.
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
4	
IPH Annual Report 2024
About

Locations 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Year formed
2008
Applied Marks is a leading 
Australian online trade mark 
applications platform, directly 
servicing thousands of small to 
medium sized businesses since 
2008. Trusted by its channel 
partners, including accountants, 
business advisors, and legal 
practitioners, Applied Marks helps 
its clients secure brand protection 
through trade mark registration 
in Australia and overseas. Applied 
Marks is consistently ranked 
amongst the top 4 filing firms 
in Australia over recent years.
Appointed new 
General Manager
Consistently ranked 
amongst the top 4 trade 
mark firms in Australia in 
recent years
Refreshed new 
marketing assets
Recent recognition  
and highlights
Band 1: Intellectual Property, 
New Zealand 
Chambers Asia Pacific Guide 2024
Tier 1: Patent Prosecution and 
Disputes, New Zealand 
IP STARS 2024
Tier 1: Trade Mark Prosecution and 
Disputes, New Zealand 
IP STARS 2024
Winner: New Zealand Firm  
of the Year 
Managing IP Asia Pacific Awards 
2023
Gold: Prosecution and Strategy 
World Trademark Review 1000 2024
Tier 1: Intellectual Property, 
New Zealand 
The Legal 500 2024
24 	 Principals
84	 Total Fee Earners
4 	 Fee earner promotions 
on 1 July 2024
AJ Park was established in 1891 
and is a premier IP firm operating 
in New Zealand, Australia and 
the Pacific Islands. With offices 
in Auckland and Wellington, AJ 
Park acts for a wide variety of 
clients, from international agents 
to government institutions, 
multi-nationals and major listed 
companies. As a full-service IP firm, 
AJ Park helps these clients identify, 
develop, protect, commercialise, 
manage, and enforce their IP rights 
in New Zealand, Australia and 
throughout the world.
Locations 
Auckland
Wellington
Year formed
1891
Recent recognition  
and highlights
5
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Bronze: Prosecution  
IAM Patent 1000 2024
Tier 3: Patent Prosecution 
IP STARS 2024 
8 	
Principals
14	
Total Fee Earners
1 	
Fee earner promotions on 1 July 
2024
Pizzeys Patent and Trade Mark 
Attorneys was established in 
1981 and has offices in Brisbane, 
Canberra and Singapore. Pizzeys’ 
business is predominantly focused 
on in-bound work into Australia, 
New Zealand and Singapore from 
overseas IP associates and direct 
corporate clients.
Tier 1: Patent Prosecution, Australia 
IP STARS 2024
Tier 1: Trade Marks – Patent & Trade 
Mark Firms, Australia 
IP STARS 2024
Gold: Trade Mark  
Prosecution & Strategy, Australia 
World Trademark Review 1000 2024 
Gold: Prosecution 
IAM Patent 1000 2024
Tier 1: Patent & Trade Mark 
Prosecution, Australia 
Asia IP 2024
Tier 2: Intellectual Property, 
Australia 
The Legal 500 2024 
Band 3: Intellectual property 
Chambers Asia Pacific Guide 2024
Griffith Hack is one of Australia’s 
leading providers of IP services 
for over 120 years. With offices 
in Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane 
and Perth, the firm is one of 
Australia’s largest filers of patents 
and trade marks. Griffith Hack 
provides a comprehensive range 
of domestic and international 
services relating to the protection, 
management, commercialisation 
and enforcement of IP rights.
22 	
Principals
72	
Total Fee Earners
4 	
Fee earner promotions on 1 July 
2024
Locations 
Brisbane 
Melbourne 
Perth 
Sydney
Year formed
1904
Locations 
Brisbane 
Canberra 
Singapore
Year formed
1981
Recent recognition  
and highlights
Recent recognition  
and highlights
The IPH network 
continued
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
6	
IPH Annual Report 2024
About

Locations 
Montréal
Québec City
Locations 
Calgary
Montréal 
Ottawa 
Toronto 
Vancouver
Locations 
Beijing
Bangkok
Brisbane
Hong Kong
Jakarta
Kuala Lumpur
Manila
Melbourne
Singapore
Sydney
The Philippines
Year formed
1892
Year formed
1890
Year formed
1887
ROBIC was founded in Montréal in 
1892 and has earned a reputation 
for excellence in IP in Canada. 
The firm has offices in Montréal 
and Québec City, and includes 
a team of over 225 support staff 
and highly qualified professionals 
specialising in IP and business law. 
It is one of the leading filers of 
patents in Canada and has earned 
a reputation for the quality of 
its services.
Smart & Biggar is widely recognised 
as Canada’s leading firm for IP, 
providing high quality IP advisory 
services across four provinces. 
With over 110 lawyers, patent and 
trade mark agents, across five 
offices, the firm provides expert 
counsel and guidance to safeguard 
clients’ competitive position and 
help them secure and enforce 
strategic IP rights that create more 
value for their businesses. On 
29 September 2023, Canadian IP 
firm Ridout & Maybee joined Smart 
& Biggar to operate as one firm 
under the Smart & Biggar brand.
57	
Principals
114	
Total Fee Earners
1	
Principal promotions on 1 July 2024
5	
Other fee earner promotions on 1 
July 2024
30 	 Principals
89	
Total Fee Earners
2 	
Principal promotions on 1 July 2024
14	
Other fee earner promotions on 1 
July 2024
57	
Principals
196	 Total Fee Earners
2	
Principal promotions on 1 July 2024
19	
Other fee earner promotions on 1 
July 2024
Spruson & Ferguson is a leading  
Asia-Pacific IP firm comprised of 
separately managed businesses in 
Australia and Asia. With 10 offices 
throughout the region and a combined 
team of over 520, the firm has filing 
capability in over 25 jurisdictions. 
The top patent filer in both Australia 
and Singapore over consecutive 
years, it provides strategic IP services 
across patents, designs, trade marks, 
copyright, and trade secrets. 
In Australia, Spruson & Ferguson 
Lawyers offer specialised services 
in IP litigation, commercialisation 
and data protection.
Recent recognition  
and highlights
Recent recognition  
and highlights
Recent recognition  
and highlights
Grade AAA: Intellectual  
Property Law Firms 
LEXPERT’s Who’s Who: 
Montréal 2024
Silver: Litigation, 
Prosecution & Transactions 
IAM Patent 1000 2024
Tier 2: Patent and  
Trade Mark Prosecution 
IP STARS 2023
Excellence Awardee: 
IP Boutique Law Firm of the Year 
Canadian Law Awards 2024
Top 10 IP Firms, Canada:  
The Trademark Lawyer Magazine 
and The Patent Lawyer 
Magazine 2024
Band 1: IP and IP Litigation 
Chambers Canada Guide 2024
Tier 1: Intellectual Property, Canada  
The Legal 500 2024
Gold: Trademark & Patents, Canada 
World Trademark Review 1000 and 
IAM Patent 1000 2024
Winner: IP Boutique Firm of the 
Year, Canada 
IP STARS 2024
Winner: Trademark Disputes Firm  
of the Year, Canada 
IP STARS 2024
Patent Prosecution Firm of the Year, 
Canada  
IP STARS 2024
Winner: IP Boutique Law Firm of 
the Year 
Canadian Law Awards 2024
Gold: Prosecution, Australia & 
Singapore 
IAM Patent 1000 2024
Gold: Trade Mark Prosecution & 
Strategy, Australia  
World Trademark Review 1000 2024
Tier 1: Patent Prosecution, Australia 
& Singapore and Trade Marks 
(Patent & Trade Mark Firms), 
Australia 
IP STARS 2024
Tier 1: Patent Prosecution, Australia 
& Singapore and Trade Mark 
Prosecution, Australia 
Asia IP 2024
Winner: Best IP Firm 
APAC Singapore Business Awards 
2023
Winner: Asia-Pacific IP Boutique of 
the Year 
Managing IP Asia-Pacific Awards 
2023
7
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Strategic growth and global expansion 
As we celebrate ten years since our 
As we celebrate ten years since our 
listing on the ASX, we reflect on a decade 
listing on the ASX, we reflect on a decade 
of strategic growth and expansion. 
of strategic growth and expansion. 
Our growth strategy has been clear and 
consistent since we listed on the ASX in 
November 2014 and allows us to deliver on our 
vision to be the leading IP services group in 
secondary IP markets and adjacent areas of IP.
Our strategy is guided by three fundamental 
pillars: organic growth, consolidating 
acquisitions and growth step-outs. Each pillar 
plays a crucial role in driving our success, 
ensuring sustainable progress and creating 
value for our stakeholders.
In FY24, we continued this trajectory by 
maintaining our focus on fostering a strong 
client centric culture across the IPH corporate 
group (Group) and prioritising operational 
efficiency and innovation to support organic 
growth. We also continued to pursue strategic 
acquisitions and growth step-outs, allowing 
us to tap into new revenue streams, diversify 
our business and expand our market reach.
Our successful acquisitions of Ridout & 
Maybee in September 2023, to combine with 
Smart & Biggar, and of ROBIC in December 
2023, have seen us build the market leading IP 
business in Canada. This follows our successful 
acquisition of Canada’s leading IP firm, Smart & 
Biggar, in October 2022, with Canada now our 
second largest operating segment.
These acquisitions provide further diversity 
and resilience to our earnings base, while 
also enabling us to enhance our international 
service offering to clients and provide greater 
career opportunities to our people. They have 
also put IPH at the forefront of consolidation 
in the Canadian IP market and strengthened 
our position as a leading international IP 
services group.
In FY24, we made significant progress 
integrating our Canadian acquisitions into 
the Group. These efforts will continue in 
FY25, with a focus on continuing to capture 
cost efficiencies, identifying and securing 
client referral and revenue opportunities 
and enhancing our client service offering.
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
8	
IPH Annual Report 2024
About

Enablers
Targeted service 
expansion across 
secondary IP markets
Robust client 
management 
programs
Focus on our people – 
attract, motivate 
and retain
Expand service  
offering to international 
companies
Organic growth
Consolidate acquisitions
Growth step-outs
9
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

IPH Timeline
2015
2014
2016
2017
2018
NOV
IPH becomes the 
first IP firm to list on 
the ASX, with Spruson 
& Ferguson as the 
founding business
MAR 
Opening of Spruson 
& Ferguson Indonesia
MAY 
Opening of Spruson 
& Ferguson Thailand
JUN 
IPH acquires Australian 
IP firm Cullens
OCT 
IPH acquires Ella Cheong 
Hong Kong and Beijing
JUL 
Merger of Fisher 
Adams Kelly 
Callinans and Cullens 
with Spruson & 
Ferguson
APR
IPH acquires IP data 
analysis & software 
applications businesses 
Practice Insight and 
WiseTime
MAY
IPH acquires Australian 
IP firm Fisher Adams Kelly
SEP
IPH acquires Australian 
IP firm Pizzeys
NOV
IPH firm Fisher 
Adams Kelly acquires 
the business of 
Australian IP firm  
Callinans
JUN
Opening 
of Spruson 
& Ferguson 
Melbourne
OCT 
IPH acquires 
AJ Park in 
New Zealand
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
10	
IPH Annual Report 2024
About

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
MAY
Divestment of Glasshouse 
Advisory R&D tax and EMDG 
practices to Grant Thornton
JUL
Integration of IPH member 
firms Watermark and Griffith 
Hack completed 
OCT 
IPH firm AJ Park acquires 
the business of New Zealand 
IP firm Baldwins IP
JUL
Divestment of Practice 
Insight (trading as 
WiseTime) to Anaqua
OCT
IPH acquires Canadian 
IP firm Smart & Biggar
AUG 
IPH acquires Xenith 
IP Group, including 
Griffith Hack and 
Shelston IP
JUL 
IPH expands its 
digital and trade 
mark capability with 
the acquisition of 
Applied Marks
DEC
Integration of 
IPH member firms 
Shelston IP and 
Spruson & Ferguson 
Australia completed
MAY
Opening of  
Spruson & Ferguson 
Philippines
SEP
IPH acquires  
Canadian IP firm 
Ridout & Maybee 
to combine with 
Smart & Biggar
DEC
IPH acquires 
Canadian IP  
firm ROBIC
Over the past decade, we have expanded the global footprint of 
the Group through organic growth, consolidating our acquisitions 
and growth step-outs. As we mark our 10th anniversary on the ASX, 
we remain committed to driving value for our shareholders and 
stakeholders by realising our long-term vision of being the  
leading provider of IP services in secondary markets.
11
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Smarter working 
IPH is at the forefront of the future of 
work and is continuously finding smarter 
ways to operate its member firms.
Enabling growth 
IPH enables its people and 
its member firms to build 
greater capability and 
enhance performance.
Combined power 
IPH brings together a portfolio 
of member firms supported by 
leading infrastructure that makes 
accessing international markets 
more streamlined for clients.
The Network Effect
IPH’s commitment to continuous improvement means that we 
are always looking to shape new ways of working in IP services. 
The scale of our Group allows IPH to invest in technology, tools 
and resources to enhance our service offering.
As our network evolves, we will continue to invest in building 
the capabilities of member firms to strengthen our offering and 
enhance the service we provide to our clients and the career 
opportunities we can offer our people.
At IPH, we use the combined power of 
At IPH, we use the combined power of 
our Group network to build the capabilities of 
our Group network to build the capabilities of 
our people and our member firms to create 
our people and our member firms to create 
benefit and value for all of our stakeholders. 
benefit and value for all of our stakeholders. 
We call it the network effect.
We call it the network effect.
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
12	
IPH Annual Report 2024
About

Diverse and resilient earnings base
Our global scale provides resilience and diversity through exposure to an increasing number 
of IP jurisdictions. Our strategic acquisitions in Canada have further enhanced the resilience 
and diversity of our earnings base.
Canada now contributes 27% to our EBITDA, highlighting the impact of our recent growth in 
the region. Our geographic diversification not only mitigates risks associated with regional 
economic fluctuations but also positions us to capitalise on growth opportunities across 
various markets. 
Patents 72%
Revenue 
by service line 
(%)
Patent filings 
by origin 
(FY24)1
EBITDA 
by region 
(%)
Trade marks 17%
Legal 11%
US 45%
Asia 14%
Australia 7%
Australia/NZ 49%
Canada 27%
Asia 24%
Europe 25%
Canada 6%
New Zealand 3%
Rest of world 0%
We are primarily a patents business, with just over a quarter of revenue coming from trade 
marks and legal services.
There are a number of revenue events associated with each patent filing, which provide 
recurring annuity style revenue to IPH. In any given year approximately 70% of IPH revenue 
comes from work already in the system. 
The process from filing an application (or entering a national phase) to granting of a patent 
takes 2.5-3.5 years on average. The long lifecycle of patents supports consistent revenues 
and earnings.
Patents can be renewed by paying official renewal fees annually up until the expiry of the 
patent 20 years from the filing date of a PCT International Application. 
As an example, this timeline reflects the process for filing an application in Australia via the PCT route.
+ Management estimate based on PCT National Phase entries from IP Australia filing data FY22 to FY24.
1.	 IPH patent filings by client / applicant country of origin based on internal data for FY24. A small number of Ridout & Maybee filings pre-acquisition 
(July‑September) are not included in the chart.
2.	 Revenue event – typically an activity based fee based on a scale of charges.
3.	Revenue event – typically a combination of an activity based fee and hourly charges.
Typical (indicative) foreign patent route in Australia
Application 
filed with
Patent Office
in country of 
origin
12 months
9-12 months
Request
Examination 2
Examination
Repor issued 3
Grant 2
6-12 months
12 months
4 months
up to 20 years
PCT National Phase
application filed
in Australia 2
Response to
Examiners
Repor 3
Acceptance 2
PCT
International
Application
filed
PCT
International
Application
published
18 months
31 months
2.5-3.5 years
13
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Financial highlights
Revenue1
0
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
370.1
363.5
385.1
496.2
609.9
EBITDA2
800
200
400
100
600
150
200
50
0
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
113.2
113.3
115.9
159.0
175.7
NPAT
0
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
54.8
53.6
52.6
64.5
60.8
Operating Cashflow
80
160
40
80
60
120
20
40
0
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
87.6
92.6
94.9
91.8
131.9
Diluted Earnings Per Share
21
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
25.8
24.7
24.0
28.6
24.9
Full Year Dividend
29
40
25
20
27
30
23
10
0
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
28.5
29.5
30.5
33.0
35.0
$609.9m (AUD)
$175.7m (AUD)
$60.8m (AUD)
$131.9m (AUD)
24.9c per share
35.0c per share
1.	 Revenue includes other income excluding interest income.
2.	 Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation.
About
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
14	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Year in review

Our achievements
professional staff 
received industry awards
Firm of the Year, Top Tier Firm 
or Gold Band Firm awards
173+
People Leaders have completed IPH’s 
People Leadership Excellence program 
since its launch in FY21
300+
hours of content delivered through 
our Professional Development 
Working Group in FY24 
1,400+
42
hours of leadership training 
completed during FY24
~1~1,300
300
hours of employee development 
delivered across the Group in FY24
~7~7,000
000
investment in post-graduate 
qualifications for trainee attorneys
$200k+
$200k+
promotions across 
the Group in FY24
155
155
Principal 
promotions 
announced 
for FY24
5
other fee earner 
promotions 
announced 
for FY25
47
47
15
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

This result was partly driven by improved 
performance in the Australasian business 
but also by the growth in the Canadian IP 
market through our acquisitions of Ridout 
& Maybee and ROBIC during the period. 
These transactions build on our initial 
acquisition of Smart & Biggar in October 
2022, with IPH now the market leader 
in Canada, a key secondary IP market.
FY24 Financial Performance
IPH reported a Statutory Net Profit After 
Tax (NPAT) of $60.8 million compared to 
$64.5 million for the prior year, equating 
to a Diluted Earnings Per Share of 
24.9 cents per share.
Underlying NPAT increased by 13.5% 
to $112.4 million, Underlying EBITDA 
improved by 15% to $195.5 million and 
underlying earnings per share increased 
5.4% to 46.0 cents per share.
The difference between the 
Group’s Statutory and Underlying 
EBITDA in FY24 of $19.8 million relates 
to costs associated with acquisitions 
and restructuring expenses and 
impairment of right-of-use assets.
IPH’s capital management strategy 
remained focused on maintaining 
a strong balance sheet while strategically 
deploying capital to drive growth. 
The Group repaid $70.4 million of debt 
during the year which reduced the 
leverage ratio to 1.9 times. The cash 
conversion ratio was 107%, which is 
more in line with historical levels. 
The Directors were pleased to declare 
a final dividend for FY24 of 19 cents 
per share, 30% franked, bringing the 
full year dividend to 35 cents per share, 
compared to 33.0 cents per share for the 
prior year. The full year dividend is in line 
with the Board’s dividend policy to pay 
80 to 90% of cash NPAT as dividends and 
reflects our confidence in the group’s 
future prospects. 
Further details on IPH’s financial results 
are contained within the CEO’s Report 
and Operating and Financial Review in 
the Directors’ Report.
Update on Strategy
Our growth strategy has been clear and 
consistent since we listed in November 
2014 which supports our vision to be the 
leading IP services group in secondary 
IP markets and adjacent areas of IP.
As we reflect over the past ten years, 
we can be proud of the Company’s 
progress which has resulted in the 
company’s market capitalisation increasing 
from $330 million to $1.5 billion with 
an international network of member firms 
today servicing more than 25 countries 
and employing over 1,600 people.
Our successful acquisitions of Ridout & 
Maybee in September 2023 and ROBIC 
in December 2023 are more recent 
significant steps in the implementation 
of this strategy. These acquisitions 
provide further diversity and resilience 
to our earnings base, while also enabling 
us to enhance our international service 
offering to clients. 
These acquisitions build on our successful 
acquisitions of Smart & Biggar in October 
2022, which established a platform for 
IPH to participate in further growth and 
industry consolidation opportunities in 
the Canadian market. 
I look forward to keeping shareholders 
further updated in respect of 
this strategy.
In recognition of the substantial change 
to the Group with the addition of the 
Canadian businesses a detailed review 
of the Group’s operational structure, 
reporting lines and operating procedures 
was undertaken. Resulting from this 
review we have implemented a new 
operating model to improve efficiency, 
reduce cost and improve client service. 
The CEO will comment more on these 
changes in his report.
Remuneration Strategy
IPH’s remuneration strategy is 
a critical component of our ability to 
attract, motivate, and retain the top 
talent. In FY24, the Board completed 
a thorough review of our executive 
remuneration framework.
Based on the review, several changes 
have been made to the FY25 executive 
remuneration framework, including 
increasing short term incentive 
opportunities to improve market 
competitiveness and introducing 
a capacity to reward outperformance.
We also introduced an element of 
short‑term incentive deferral into equity 
to help build executive shareholdings, and 
a minimum shareholding requirement for 
executives to further align the interests 
of management with shareholders over 
the longer term.
These changes ensure IPH’s remuneration 
packages are simple, flexible and 
differentiated to support recruitment of 
the best talent in the industry and drive 
and reward behaviour and performance 
consistent with our strategy and purpose.
About
Year in Review
Our Board & Leadership
Corporate Directory
Sustainability
16 
IPH Annual Report 2024
Chairman’s report
In FY24, we delivered increased underlying profitability, 
highlighting our commitment to sustainable growth and 
long‑term value creation. 
About
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
16	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Year in review

We also continue to maintain robust 
governance frameworks to ensure that 
our remuneration practices are market 
competitive, fair and transparent, and 
aligned with industry best practices. 
We are planning further enhancements 
from FY25, and these and further details 
of our FY25 remuneration framework are 
contained in the Remuneration Report. 
Sustainability
Over the past year, we have continued 
to make progress in our sustainability 
journey. This includes GHG emissions 
measurement for the IPH group and 
a comprehensive climate risk assessment. 
This assessment focused on identifying 
and evaluating the potential physical 
and transition risks and opportunities 
of climate change on our international 
operations, providing crucial insights 
for our future planning and risk 
management strategies. 
In FY25, we will continue to advance 
the initiatives under each of our six 
sustainability strategic priorities: 
Governance, Privacy and Data Security; 
Client Experience; Impact & Innovation; 
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion; Education & 
Training; and Wellbeing & Flexibility.
Further details on our sustainability 
strategic priorities and progress are 
contained within our Sustainability Report.
IPH Board
During the year, the Company continued 
to progress Board renewal with the 
retirement of long-time board member 
Robin Low and the appointment of 
David Wiadrowski.
Robin retired as a Non-executive Director 
and from the Board of IPH in April 2024. 
Robin was a foundation Board member, 
joining the Board in September 2014 
just before IPH listed on the Australian 
Securities Exchange in November 2014. 
Robin made a very valuable contribution 
to the Board over many years, particularly 
in her role as Chair of the Audit 
Committee, and we wish her every 
continued success for the future.
David Wiadrowski was elected as 
a Non‑executive Director to the Board in 
November 2023. David is an experienced 
ASX-listed non‑executive Director 
across international M&A work, strategy 
development and transformation. 
We are confident that David’s insights 
will contribute significantly to our 
strategic initiatives.
David’s appointment continues IPH’s 
Board renewal process, with Vicki Carter 
appointed as a Non-executive Director 
to the Board in October 2022. 
During the year it was decided to form 
a Board Projects Committee to oversee 
the various significant information 
technology and other transformation 
projects being undertaken by the Group. 
Vicki Carter assumed the role of Chair 
of the Committee.
Peter Warne
Non-executive Chairman
Director’s Report
Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
Shareholder Information
iphltd.com.au  17
During the year a comprehensive review 
of the Board, its Committees and their 
performance was undertaken. Based 
on the outcomes of the review certain 
aspects of the Board’s processes were 
modified and enhanced and the existing 
Audit and Risk Committees were merged 
into a single Audit and Risk Committee 
with David Wiadrowski assuming the role 
as Chair in April 2024. 
Conclusion
I would like to acknowledge the 
Company’s Managing Director and CEO, 
Dr Andrew Blattman, his leadership 
team, and all our people right across 
the IPH Group for their hard work and 
contribution during FY24.
We are fortunate to have such a highly 
talented group of people who consistently 
deliver results for our clients and our 
shareholders.
Our continued expansion, now 
encompassing over 1,600 employees 
across 27 offices, and our commitment 
to delivering exceptional client service 
have solidified our position as one of 
the world’s leading IP services firms.
Let me conclude by thanking all 
our shareholders for your continued 
support of the IPH Group. 
Peter Warne 
Non-executive Chairman
17
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

This year marks ten years since our listing 
on the ASX. In that time, we’ve grown 
from approximately 330 people to over 
1,600 people, acquired and integrated 
14 businesses, and added offices in 
Perth, Brisbane, Canberra, Melbourne, 
Auckland, Wellington, Beijing, Hong Kong 
(SAR), Jakarta, Bangkok, Manila, Toronto, 
Montréal, Québec, Vancouver, Calgary 
and Ottawa. 
Ten years from our listing, we continue to 
strengthen our strategic platform and put 
the Company in a strong position to deliver 
sustainable earnings growth and enhanced 
shareholder returns for the future. 
Our Canadian acquisitions have enhanced 
the IPH network effect. We have had 
over 500 client referrals between IPH 
Canada and IPH Asia Pacific offices since 
our first acquisition in Canada and we’ve 
increased referrals by 17% between FY23 
and FY24 when calculating from the 
date of each acquisition.
FY24 Financial Performance
IPH delivered solid underlying earnings 
in FY24, with revenue improving by 25.4% 
to $605.6 million, Underlying EBITDA 
improving by 15% to $195.5 million,  
and a 13.5% increase in Underlying 
NPAT to $112.4 million.
The Underlying Group result included 
the contributions from Ridout & Maybee 
(which was acquired on 29 September 
2023) and ROBIC (which was acquired on 
15 December 2023). These transactions 
build on our initial acquisition of Smart & 
Biggar in October 2022, with IPH now the 
market leader in Canada, which is a key 
secondary IP market. 
The increase in underlying revenue 
and EBITDA in FY24 also includes the 
strong return to organic growth we 
have experienced in our Australian/
New Zealand business, with growth 
at both the top and bottom line and 
the gap between Group patent filings 
and the market continuing to narrow. 
The Managing Directors of our firms in 
Australasia and Canada and the Regional 
Heads of our functional areas, Business 
Development and Marketing, Finance, 
Human Resources and Information 
Technology, will now be part of Regional 
Executive Committees that will be led 
by our Regional CEOs.
IPH functions have also started to set up 
regional hubs, with further changes to be 
implemented gradually over the coming 
year. This is critical to standardise processes 
and systems across the Group, allow better 
specialisation of our colleagues in these 
areas, and improve their services to support 
our people in each of our firms.
We are creating something truly 
unique in our sector both for our clients 
and our people, and this new stage 
of development ensures the future 
state capability of the Group.
Strengthening 
Group‑Level Capability 
We have taken steps to strengthen 
Group‑level capabilities in strategy, 
change management, risk, and 
compliance, with a number of 
senior appointments.
In October 2023, we announced the 
appointment of a new Chief People 
Officer, Fiona Darlington. Fiona brings 
extensive global experience to the Group 
and is responsible for all aspects of the 
human resources functions; including 
talent acquisition, leadership and 
development, remuneration and benefits, 
HR systems automation, as well as 
diversity, equity and inclusion strategies.
As part of our new operating model, 
we announced the appointment 
of a Chief Transformation Officer, 
Michelle Lue-Reid, who joined us 
in July 2024. Michelle will drive the 
implementation of our new operating 
model, co-lead major change initiatives 
across the Group, and be responsible 
for implementing large programs of 
systems and process improvements.
About
Year in Review
Our Board & Leadership
Corporate Directory
Sustainability
18 
IPH Annual Report 2024
On a Group like-for-like basis (which 
removes the impact of acquisitions 
and the effect of foreign exchange 
movements) revenue increased 
by 4.4% while Underlying EBITDA 
decreased by 1.3% on the prior year.
In Australia/New Zealand, like-for-
like revenue increased by 5% with 
an improvement in margin delivering 
a 7% increase in like-for-like EBITDA. 
In Canada the integration of Smart & 
Biggar and the more recent acquisitions 
of Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC continue 
to progress as anticipated with cost 
synergies remaining on track. As a result, 
like-for-like EBITDA increased by 8% 
with an improvement in EBITDA margin.
In Asia, like-for-like earnings were down 
6.3% at the full year compared to a 9% 
decline at the first half and revenue was 
down by 1.9% compared to 3% at the half.
Revenue and earnings in Asia continued 
to be impacted by a decline in filings in 
the Singapore patent market, with lower 
filings across Asia consistent with the 
Singapore market decline.
New Operating Model 
In FY24, we completed a review of 
IPH’s overall operating model and are 
now implementing a refreshed design 
with a regional focus and a new operating 
rhythm. The new operating model reflects 
the expansion of the Group over the 
past two years in several markets and 
time zones. 
The model has been designed to ensure 
speedy decision-making and appropriate 
governance across the Group and 
enable us to deliver on the IPH promise 
to our clients of high-quality service and 
seamless filing in multiple jurisdictions.
In FY24, we took steps to put in place 
a regional model with the decision to 
appoint Regional CEOs.
CEO’s report
Ten years from our listing, we continue to strengthen 
our strategic platform and put the Company in a strong 
position to deliver sustainable earnings growth.
About
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
18	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Year in review

We also announced the appointment 
of Duarte Lima as the new Managing 
Director of Spruson & Ferguson Asia 
in August 2024. Duarte has extensive 
experience in finance, risk management 
and general management across 
Europe and Asia and brings a wealth of 
knowledge and leadership to the Group.
Duarte has taken up the mantle from 
Kristian Robinson, who has resigned 
from his role as Managing Director of 
Spruson & Ferguson Asia. Kristian has 
made a significant contribution to our 
Group’s growth and success and leaves 
behind a strong platform for continued 
growth in Asia. We wish Kristian all the 
best for his next endeavour. 
Innovation and Technology
Innovation remains at the core of 
our growth strategy, and we believe 
generative AI presents a significant 
business opportunity. This year, we 
launched an innovation committee 
dedicated to driving forward-thinking 
initiatives and fostering a culture of 
creativity within the organisation. We also 
introduced a comprehensive AI Usage 
Policy, highlighting our commitment to 
ethical and responsible use of AI. 
We see a lot of opportunities to 
improve efficiency in IP using generative 
AI, and we’re developing in-house 
tools to allow the Group to address 
the specific business needs of our staff 
and clients. In FY24, we began piloting 
an internal patent drafting tool that 
can generate a more enriched patent 
draft. In addition, we are in the process 
of developing our AI roadmap, which 
will guide our efforts in harnessing 
AI to drive business innovation and 
improve client outcomes.
People and Culture
Our people remain our greatest asset, 
and we are committed to fostering 
a diverse and inclusive culture and 
attracting, motivating, developing 
and retaining our people across IPH. 
We continue to invest in the development 
of our people to enable them to maximise 
their potential. FY24 has seen us enhance 
our learning and development curriculum 
and ensure that our development offering 
is equally accessible to all team members, 
with multi-lingual providers who can 
facilitate in both French and English.
In FY24, we also launched our first 
Gender, Equity and Equality Strategy 
aimed at promoting gender balance 
and ensuring equal opportunities 
for all employees. This includes the 
introduction of a 40:40:20 approach 
to workforce composition which aims 
to achieve 40% women, 40% men and 
20% of any gender across all senior roles 
by 2030. The initiatives outlined in this 
strategy are integral to our mission of 
creating a workplace where everyone 
feels valued and can thrive.
During FY24, IPH had 155 promotions 
across all our member firms, including 
15 Principal appointments. In line with our 
40/40/20 strategy, 53% of the Principal 
promotions were women, and overall 
61% of the promotions were women.
As we reported to the Workplace 
Gender Equality Agency in Australia, 
IPH’s median gender pay gap was 
38.9 percent for the 2023 reporting 
period. Over the last three years, we 
have reduced our median pay gap by 
11 percent, but we acknowledge that 
we still have a lot of work to do. When 
comparing like-for-like roles, where 
men and women are performing the 
same or similar roles, IPH has equal pay, 
including for key fee earning roles such 
as Principal and Senior Associate.
We understand that achieving true 
gender equality and equity requires 
sustained effort and collaboration across 
the Group, and we are fully committed 
to driving positive change in this area.
Director’s Report
Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
Shareholder Information
iphltd.com.au  19
Sustainability Performance
In FY24, we continued to strengthen our 
ability to manage sustainability risks while 
driving positive change for our stakeholders. 
For a second year running, we worked 
with an external advisor to conduct 
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions 
measurement for the Group, comprising 
direct and indirect emissions (Scope 
1, 2, 3) of our international operations, 
including our member firms. 
We also engaged BDO to progress 
our compliance with the International 
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) 
reporting standards and proposed 
new Australian accounting standards, 
planned to be phased in from 1 January 
2025. This work included conducting 
a comprehensive climate risk assessment. 
Insights from this assessment will be 
incorporated into our risk management 
framework and will guide our efforts 
to mitigate climate-related risks and 
enhance our sustainability practices.
We will continue to integrate sustainability 
principles into our operations and 
decision-making processes as we 
work towards alignment with the ISSB 
standards and corresponding national 
legislation. Further details can be 
found in our Sustainability Report. 
Outlook
Our global expansion efforts, combined 
with our focus on innovation, operational 
efficiency, and sustainability, position us 
well for continued growth and success. 
We remain committed to delivering value 
to our shareholders, customers, and 
communities, and we are excited about 
the possibilities that the next year and 
beyond hold.
Andrew Blattman
CEO and Managing Director
Andrew Blattman
CEO and Managing Director
19
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Enhancing sustainability beyond FY25.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
20	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Our Sustainability Report discloses the approach, 
past performance and future commitments of the 
Group on environmental, social and governance 
(ESG) matters that are significant to our business 
and key stakeholders. 
This report covers our global operations in Australia, 
Canada, New Zealand and throughout Asia 
during FY24. 
Aspects of this report have been developed  
with reference to the Global Reporting Initiative 
(GRI) Standards 2021. In addition, in the Operating 
and Financial Review section of the Directors’ 
Report, we have set out the Group’s progress 
against the Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 
Contents
21	
Overview
22	 Our approach to sustainability
24	 Our stakeholders
26	 Our sustainability strategic priorities
28	 Governance, privacy and data security
32	 Client experience
34	 Impact & innovation
40	 Diversity, equity & inclusion
46	 Education & training
50	 Wellbeing & flexibility
52	 Looking ahead to FY25
Overview
We are pleased to present our annual 
Sustainability Report, highlighting our ongoing 
efforts to work towards environmental, social 
and governance excellence.
In FY24, we continued to make progress on our 
sustainability journey, including by engaging and 
working with an external advisor to progress our 
compliance with the ISSB reporting standards and 
proposed new Australian accounting standards, 
planned to be phased in from 1 January 2025. 
This initiative aligns with our dedication to 
transparency, accountability and continuous 
improvement in our sustainability practices. 
As we progress towards ISSB reporting compliance, 
we remain focused on creating long‑term value for 
our stakeholders and contributing positively to the 
global community. We look forward to continuing 
to strengthen our sustainability activities in FY25 
and beyond.
Kind regards,
Andrew Blattman
21
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Our approach to sustainability
At IPH, ensuring our expanding international 
At IPH, ensuring our expanding international 
business contributes positively to the economy, 
business contributes positively to the economy, 
society and the environment is fundamental 
society and the environment is fundamental 
to how we operate. 
to how we operate. 
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
22	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

We understand the importance of resilient and sustainable 
business practices to help achieve a more sustainable future.
Our approach is underpinned by our core values,  
in particular our commitment to:
	>
Integrity in business practices; and
	>
Empowerment and engagement of our people.
Our firms provide services to a range of industries including 
pharmaceutical, engineering, aerospace, healthcare, food 
and beverage, life sciences, agriculture, biotechnology, 
ICT and fintech. We work with clients to secure IP protection 
and commercialisation of new technologies, inventions and 
designs, and support a range of innovations that will create 
a better and more sustainable future.
We also continue to engage with the diverse range 
of communities in which we operate, including partnering 
with organisations to support causes that drive positive 
social change, with a particular focus on education, 
STEM and school mentoring.
During FY23, we introduced a refreshed Sustainability 
Strategy with six sustainability strategic priorities. 
During FY24, we continued to implement these sustainability 
strategic priorities, looking to strengthen our capability 
to manage relevant ESG risks and opportunities and 
progress our efforts in driving positive change for our 
many stakeholders. 
During FY24, we partnered with an external advisor to 
work on the alignment of our sustainability reporting with 
the ISSB reporting standards and proposed new Australian 
accounting standards, including by conducting an assurance 
readiness assessment over our GHG emissions calculations 
and completing a climate risk assessment. During FY25, 
we will continue our efforts to prepare for mandatory 
climate reporting.
UNSDG #5
We promote gender equality and 
support a diverse workforce and 
inclusive culture.
UNSDG #8
We provide productive employment for 
our people, value for our shareholders, 
and contribute to economic advancement 
through our participation in the 
IP ecosystem. 
UNSDG #16
We seek to build effective and inclusive 
institutions by contributing to thought 
leadership in IP, supporting IP regulatory 
authorities and through donating and 
volunteering to support stronger communities.
UNSDG #9
By assisting our clients to secure IP 
protection, we encourage research 
and development and help to 
foster innovation.
UNSDG #17
We work in partnership with our clients 
and other stakeholders to promote 
knowledge sharing and the protection 
of IP rights which supports innovations 
designed to meet a range of UNSDGs.
UNSDG #4
We provide inclusive and equitable 
education opportunities for our staff, 
invest in their continuing development 
and contribute to thought leadership 
in the IP profession.
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(UNSDGs) comprise 17 goals and 169 targets aimed at 
addressing the world’s most significant development 
challenges. Whilst several of the UNSDGs are relevant to 
the partnerships our firms have with their clients to secure 
IP protection and commercialisation of new technologies 
and innovations, we have identified six UNSDGs that reflect 
the areas in relation to which the Group makes a direct 
contribution and where we believe we can enact the 
greatest impact. These six UNSDGs are:
23
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Planning and engagement with stakeholders is a key element 
of effective governance and risk management, which helps us 
address material risks and opportunities for the Group.
Our key stakeholders are considered to be those that are 
affected by, or have the ability to affect, the Group, together 
with stakeholders that are interested in the Group.
IPH is committed to engaging openly, honestly and regularly 
with our stakeholders to understand their expectations and 
concerns. The method and frequency of engagement varies 
depending on the stakeholder, the purpose of engagement 
and the stakeholder’s issues of concern.
Our stakeholders
IPH engages with a broad range of 
IPH engages with a broad range of 
stakeholders, who are an essential 
stakeholders, who are an essential 
part of our operations.
part of our operations.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
24	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

IPH’s key stakeholders can be identified as follows:
Stakeholder group
Why is this a key stakeholder group?
Method of engagement
Clients and  
customers
The Group has a diverse client base  
including some of the world’s leading 
companies, multi-nationals, universities, 
public sector research organisations, foreign 
associates and other corporate and individual 
clients. We assist our clients by helping to 
protect their IP, including their research, 
inventions, trade marks, brands, designs 
and other innovations.
IPH member firms have ongoing dialogue  
with their clients and customers, including 
via meetings, phone calls and written 
communications, and through client surveys.
Our People
As a network of professional services 
businesses, our people are critical to our 
success. We have a strong commitment 
to creating a dynamic workplace where 
our people are supported to reach their 
personal and career goals.
We engage with our people through 
engagement surveys, Town Hall meetings, 
staff presentations, team meetings, the delivery of 
in-house learning and development programs, and 
performance and career development conversations.
Shareholders  
and the  
investment  
community
IPH has a range of investors with different 
interests and concerns. We are committed 
to providing information to shareholders and 
the market in a timely manner, which assists 
in promoting investor confidence in the 
integrity of the Group.
IPH engages regularly with its shareholders 
and the investment community, guided by our 
Continuous Disclosure and Investor Relations Policy. 
IPH communicates information on the Group’s 
activities to shareholders and the public via a number 
of forums and channels including our Annual General 
Meeting, announcements to the ASX, investor 
presentations, meetings with investors, analysts and 
proxy advisers, releases to the media, the release of 
financial and other reports, our website including an 
enquiry tool and publication of all announcements, 
and the membership and participation of directors 
and senior management in a range of professional 
governance bodies and interaction in other forums.
Suppliers
IPH has a diverse supply chain. IPH and its 
member firms are dependent on our suppliers 
to assist the Group in the provision of 
professional services.
IPH and its member firms have ongoing engagement 
with our suppliers in the course of the supply 
relationship. The Group Supplier Code of Conduct 
sets out the standards and behaviours expected 
from suppliers when conducting business with the 
Group. We also work with our suppliers to ensure 
compliance with relevant legislation, including 
modern slavery legislation.
Government  
and regulators
IPH operates in a highly regulated 
environment as an Australian listed entity  
and in the operation of our professional 
services businesses across our jurisdictions. 
Our IP professional staff are governed by 
codes of conduct and professional conduct 
rules for patent and trade mark attorneys and 
legal practitioners. IPH and its member firms 
are committed to maintaining the highest 
standards in our activities.
To ensure we monitor and comply with regulatory 
and professional obligations, IPH and its member 
firms engage directly with relevant regulatory and 
government bodies as required.
This includes direct dialogue and engagement 
with such bodies on regulatory and policy issues.
Communities
IPH recognises our responsibility to act 
appropriately within the communities in 
which we operate. We do this in our interaction 
with all of the stakeholders outlined above. 
This commitment extends to our engagement 
with our profession and our community 
and charitable initiatives.
IPH and its member firms engage with our 
local communities via professional memberships 
and contributions, and by giving and volunteering 
initiatives. IPH makes a significant financial 
contribution to our communities by the creation 
of economic activity with our suppliers and 
customers, provision of employment, and creation 
and distribution of value for shareholders.
25
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Our sustainability strategic priorities
IPH has identified six key sustainability 
IPH has identified six key sustainability 
strategic priorities as areas of focus 
strategic priorities as areas of focus 
within its Sustainability Strategy.
within its Sustainability Strategy.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
26	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Governance, Privacy & Data Security
Manage risk effectively, maintain transparency 
and drive successful outcomes.
	>
Comprehensive corporate governance framework 
of policies and practices
	>
IPH Board and Board Committees: Audit and 
Risk Committee; People, Remuneration and 
Nominations Committee; and Projects Committee 
	>
Robust risk management framework, including 
ongoing staff training
	>
Data security 24/7 monitoring system 
enhanced, and next generation threat detection 
technologies introduced
Client Experience
Deliver exceptional client service through the 
expertise of our people and strength of our network.
	>
Leveraged Client Relationship Management (CRM) 
systems to enhance client interactions
	>
Continued Global Client Feedback Program 
and Net Promoter Score (NPS) measurement
	>
Continued to deliver new initiatives to foster client 
centric culture
Impact & Innovation
Work towards elevating sustainable innovators 
and minimising our own footprint.
	>
Reported scope 1-3 GHG emissions
	>
Carbon reduction roadmap by the end of FY25
	>
Look to develop impact program supporting 
climate innovators
Diversity, Equity & Inclusion
Build and support a diverse and inclusive workplace.
	>
Gender, Equity and Equality Strategy in place, 
formalising 40/40/20 gender target across the 
Group by 2030
	>
Announced 52 promotions across the Group for 
1 July 2024, including five Principal appointments
	>
Reviewed parental leave entitlements across the 
Group, with updates to Australian Parental Leave 
Policy to expand support for parents
Education & Training
Build a culture of continuous and holistic learning 
and development.
	>
Continued to develop new tailored training 
opportunities at every career stage for 
every employee
	>
Built on the existing curriculum available for 
professional and employee development
Wellbeing & Flexibility
Create healthy, flexible and engaged teams, 
built on autonomy and trust.
	>
Strong hybrid working culture embedded 
across the Group
	>
Global mobility and secondment practices 
in place, with uptake in all regions
	>
EAP providers in all markets
	>
A workplace committed to psychological safety 
These strategic priorities were identified 
by undertaking a materiality assessment in FY23 
assisted by an external advisor, which included 
conducting stakeholder interviews and surveys. 
The materiality assessment was undertaken by 
reference to the “materiality principle” articulated 
by the GRI in GRI Standard 101: Foundation 2016. 
We referred to this principle to identify material 
risks and opportunities for the Group which have 
economic, environmental and social impacts 
and therefore influence the assessments and 
decisions of our stakeholders. 
In FY24, we reviewed the six sustainability strategic 
priorities identified in the prior financial year, with 
a view to key developments within our business and 
the operating environment. Following this review, 
management considered that the six sustainability 
strategic priorities have not changed materially 
from FY23. 
Each of the six key sustainability strategic priorities 
are summarised on this page, including relevant 
updates with respect to our activities during FY24. 
Further detail on each of these priorities follows in 
this Sustainability Report. 
27
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Governance, privacy and data security
IPH remains committed to high standards of 
IPH remains committed to high standards of 
corporate governance to ensure the long-term 
corporate governance to ensure the long-term 
sustainability of our business, including to  
sustainability of our business, including to  
deliver value to our stakeholders.
deliver value to our stakeholders.
UNSDG #17
We work in partnership with our clients 
and other stakeholders to promote 
knowledge sharing and the protection 
of IP rights which supports innovations 
designed to meet a range of UNSDGs.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
28	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Corporate Governance Framework
Our corporate governance framework includes 
policies and practices which help to ensure that 
IPH manages risk effectively, maintains appropriate 
transparency of its operations and drives successful 
outcomes across the Group.
This summary should be read in conjunction with 
our Corporate Governance Statement, which has been 
lodged with the ASX and is available on our website.
The IPH Board
The Board is responsible for establishing a corporate 
governance structure aimed at creating and 
protecting shareholder value.
The Board is also responsible for setting the 
strategic direction of the Group and monitoring the 
implementation of that strategy by IPH management.
Board Committees
The Board has established the following committees 
to assist in managing its various responsibilities:
	>
Audit and Risk Committee
	>
People, Remuneration and Nominations Committee
	>
Projects Committee
The members of each of these committees are 
listed in the Directors’ Report. The charter for each 
committee is available on the IPH website.
29
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Governance Policies
Overview
IPH seeks to maintain the highest standards of governance 
in the conduct of its activities and continually seeks out ways 
to strengthen its governance of the Group.
The success of the Group is underpinned by a number of core 
values, which are set out in IPH’s Statement of Values. The values 
set out in the Statement of Values are inculcated across the 
Group and supported by the standards and behaviours set out 
in IPH’s Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct.
These policies assist IPH to maintain its reputation and 
standing in the community as an ethical business, which 
is important to IPH’s ongoing success.
In addition to the Statement of Values and Code of 
Ethics and Professional Conduct, IPH has a number of other 
corporate policies, which further strengthen its corporate 
governance framework.
IPH’s suite of corporate governance policies are available on the 
IPH website and are listed below:
	>
Statement of Values
	>
Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct
	>
Continuous Disclosure and Investor Relations Policy
	>
Share Trading Policy
	>
Diversity Policy
	>
Hedging and Margin Loan Policy
	>
Risk Management Policy
	>
Whistleblower Policy
	>
Anti-Bribery Policy
	>
Sanctions Policy
	>
Supplier Code of Conduct
	>
Privacy Policy
During FY24, IPH has been pleased to comply with all 
recommendations of the 4th Edition of the Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations.
Training
During FY24, all officers and employees across the Group who 
commenced employment with the Group (other than Smart 
& Biggar and ROBIC employees) were required to undertake 
online training on a number of key corporate governance 
policies at the commencement of their employment. During 
FY24, all employees of Smart & Biggar and ROBIC were issued 
similar online training following their recent joining of the Group. 
The online training courses referred to above cover Group 
policies, including:
	>
Statement of Values
	>
Code of Ethics and Professional Conduct
	>
Whistleblower Policy
	>
Anti-Bribery Policy
	>
Share Trading Policy
	>
Sanctions Policy
Anti-Corruption
IPH and its member firms are committed to doing business 
in an ethical and honest manner and we take a zero-tolerance 
approach to bribery and corruption. IPH is committed to acting 
professionally, fairly and with integrity in all its business dealings 
and relationships and strives to implement and enforce effective 
systems to counter corruption.
IPH has implemented an Anti-Bribery Policy which applies across 
the Group. As noted above, one of the online training courses 
rolled out to relevant staff during FY24 covered the 
IPH Anti‑Bribery Policy. Refer Disclosure 205-2 from 
GRI 205: Anti‑Corruption 2016.
Anti-Competitive Behaviour
IPH supports fair and vigorous competition and operates in 
a manner consistent with relevant competition, antitrust and 
monopoly legislation. During FY24, IPH was not identified as a 
participant in any pending or completed legal actions regarding 
anti-competitive behaviour or violations of antitrust and 
monopoly legislation. Refer Disclosure 206-1 of 
GRI 206: Anti‑Competitive Behaviour 2016
Modern Slavery and the Supplier Code of Conduct
In FY24, IPH continued to undertake activities to address 
modern slavery risks within its business and supply chains in 
compliance with the Australian Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth).
IPH will publish its fifth Modern Slavery Statement covering 
activities during FY24 later this year.
The IPH Group Supplier Code of Conduct has been rolled 
out across the Group and forms an important part of the Group’s 
commitment to ethical and socially responsible procurement. 
The Supplier Code of Conduct outlines the standards and 
behaviours IPH and its Group businesses expect from their 
suppliers when conducting business with the Group.
Governance, privacy and data security continued
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
30	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Risk
Risk Management
We recognise that a robust risk management framework is 
critical for the effective management of our business. IPH’s risk 
management framework aims to identify and manage potential 
risks in a continuous, proactive and systematic way through 
high quality risk management policies and processes across 
the group. IPH’s Risk Management Policy is available on the 
IPH website and was updated in June 2023.
As part of the IPH risk management framework, the Board 
regularly reviews its Risk Appetite Statement, which is designed 
to support and inform Board and management decision-making.
The Board reviews IPH’s risk management framework annually 
to satisfy itself that the framework continues to be sound and 
that the Company continues to operate with due regard to 
the risk appetite set by the Board. The Board’s annual review 
of IPH’s risk management framework in FY24 concluded that 
the framework is sound and IPH continues to operate with 
due regard to the risk appetite set by the Board.
IPH’s Audit and Risk Committee comprises four independent 
Non-executive Directors and is chaired by an independent 
Non-executive Director who is not the Chairman of IPH. 
The Committee’s Charter is available on the IPH website.
Material Risks
The Operating and Financial Review (OFR) section of the 
Directors’ Report includes a summary of material risks faced 
by IPH which may have an impact on IPH’s ability to achieve its 
operational, financial and strategic targets. This summary also 
contains details regarding our approach to the management 
of such risks. IPH’s approach to identifying the material issues 
reported on in this Sustainability Report is set out in the 
section above titled “Our Sustainability Strategic Priorities”. 
Privacy and data protection
Overview
IPH provides services to a substantial number of clients 
across multiple jurisdictions, and interacts with a range of 
external contractors, suppliers and private and public sector 
companies, as well as having a large number of employees.
For this reason, we take cybersecurity and the protection of data 
and information very seriously. IT security is a critical part of our 
business, and we continue to strengthen our security posture 
every year, with a strong focus on cybersecurity.
IPH has developed a multi-year roadmap with a program 
of work focusing on information and systems security and 
continues to invest in system and security enhancements. 
We have measured our security posture using industry 
standard NIST framework and we have set targets to 
continuously improve year-on-year.
Our 24/7 monitoring system has been further enhanced 
in FY24, and we have introduced a number of next generation 
threat detection technologies including advanced end point 
protection which covers every single device and server. 
We also have a robust cyber incident response plan, and 
our disaster recovery and backup processes have also been 
reviewed and strengthened. We have further increased our 
security resources and other security initiatives to improve 
our preventative and detective controls, as well as bolstered 
capacity to counter the ever‑changing threats.
Privacy
Our approach to privacy and how we collect, use, manage, 
and disclose personal information is outlined in our Privacy 
Policy, available on the IPH website. This policy was last 
updated on 19 December 2023.
We have an established internal data breach policy and 
procedure in place across the Group. During FY24, relevant 
officers and employees across the Group were issued with online 
training covering the Group Notifiable Data Breaches Policy.
system & network monitoring
24/7
24/7
31
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Through our international network, IPH supports a diverse client 
Through our international network, IPH supports a diverse client 
base of Fortune Global 500 companies and other multinationals, 
base of Fortune Global 500 companies and other multinationals, 
public sector research organisations, SMEs, and professional 
public sector research organisations, SMEs, and professional 
services firms and provides services in over 25 countries. 
services firms and provides services in over 25 countries. 
We pride ourselves on the expertise of our people and the 
We pride ourselves on the expertise of our people and the 
high‑quality service and advice we provide our clients.
high‑quality service and advice we provide our clients.
Client experience
UNSDG #9
By assisting our clients to secure 
IP protection, we encourage 
research and development 
and help to foster innovation.
UNSDG #8
We provide productive employment 
for our people, value for our 
shareholders, and contribute to 
economic advancement through 
our participation in the IP ecosystem.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
32	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

In FY24, our commitment to delivering exceptional client 
service, coupled with strategic initiatives to drive growth, 
has resulted in considerable progress in our client offering.
As an expanding network of firms, we are continually 
evaluating opportunities to improve the IPH member firm 
client experience and foster a strong client-centric culture  
across the Group.
IPH is focused on ensuring our clients experience the full 
benefits of our international network.
As a client of a Group member firm, our global and 
multi‑national clients gain connectivity to a wider and increasing 
range of jurisdictions, with simpler access to on-the-ground 
local knowledge, alongside international expertise.
Domestic clients also benefit from the scale, improved 
infrastructure, tools, and resources that our international 
network provides, in addition to the strong local expertise 
of our practitioners, who are well recognised as leaders 
in their own markets.
The initiatives outlined below, focusing on client listening, 
client relationship management and business development (BD) 
best practice, are all designed with the client at the centre of 
everything we do.
Client service and engagement initiatives
In FY24, we continued our expansion of member firm Customer 
Relationship Management (CRM) systems, launching firm CRM 
systems to Smart & Biggar in addition to AJ Park, Griffith Hack, 
Spruson & Ferguson Australia and Spruson & Ferguson Asia. 
Each firm’s CRM continues to build incremental benefits that 
enhance client interactions, streamline internal processes, 
and improve overall client service.
The new CRM systems provide our practitioners with the 
right tools to better manage client relationships, capture client 
feedback and client needs, and improve client satisfaction.
The completion of the third year of the Global Client Feedback 
Program marks a significant milestone in our commitment to 
understanding and meeting client needs. Through this program, 
each member firm actively seeks feedback from their clients 
to identify areas of improvement and develop strategies to 
deliver tailored and exceptional service. Since its inception in 
2021, IPH member firms have received feedback from over 
3,000 clients. The valuable insights gathered from our clients 
enable us to make data-driven decisions and to enhance the 
client experience.
Overall, the Group achieved a Net Promoter Score® (NPS) 
of 52. A score over 50 is widely considered as ‘Excellent’ and 
puts IPH in the highest bracket for customer satisfaction and 
loyalty. This positive feedback from our clients demonstrates 
their satisfaction with our member firms’ services and their 
willingness to recommend our firms to others. This latest 
NPS score is a testament to our commitment to client 
service excellence.
Business growth initiatives
As part of our business growth initiatives, we continue to 
implement robust and comprehensive client service and BD 
planning frameworks across all member firms. These frameworks 
provide our member firms with a structured approach to client 
delivery, identifying new opportunities to partner with clients 
and developing effective strategies to achieve sustainable 
business growth.
During the year, we assessed Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 
to support business growth and monitor progress. Consistently 
tracking these KPIs enables us to identify areas for improvement, 
allocate resources according to client need, and drive continued 
growth across the Group.
Global Client Program
The Group and our member firms work with some of the 
largest companies in the world. As our clients grow and 
expand their businesses around the world, we grow with 
them across jurisdictions.
The aim, through the IPH Global Client Program, is to ensure 
our largest clients with multi-jurisdictional IP needs consistently 
receive the highest quality delivery, services, and expertise 
in a seamless manner.
The Global Client Program's client focused approach 
unlocks value for our clients and the IPH network through 
strengthened relationships, enhanced services, deep focus 
on client satisfaction, and acts as a trusted partner for our 
clients’ IP needs across all our key markets. 
33
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

UNSDG #9
By assisting our clients to secure 
IP protection, we encourage 
research and development 
and help to foster innovation.
UNSDG #17
We work in partnership with our clients 
and other stakeholders to promote 
knowledge sharing and the protection 
of IP rights which supports innovations 
designed to meet a range of UNSDGs.
Impact & innovation
Championing Sustainable Innovation, Reducing Our Impact
During FY24, we continued to work with our clients 
During FY24, we continued to work with our clients 
to assist them to develop sustainable innovations. 
to assist them to develop sustainable innovations. 
We also completed our second annual calculation 
We also completed our second annual calculation 
of the Group’s greenhouse gas (
of the Group’s greenhouse gas (GHG
GHG) emissions.
) emissions.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
34	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Our ongoing effort to track our GHG emission is essential 
for monitoring our environmental impact, identifying areas 
for improvement, and aligning with global standards for 
corporate sustainability.
For a second year running, we partnered with an external 
advisor, to support the development of GHG emissions 
measurement reporting, covering Scope 1-3 across our 
international operations.
The GHG emissions data set out in this report adheres to 
international standards such as the International Greenhouse 
Gas Protocol (GHG Protocol), which is also the framework 
that underpins carbon accounting under the ISSB Climate 
Reporting Standard (IFRS S2) along with ISO 14064-1 
Standard for the reporting of GHG emissions and removals.
The GHG emissions data set out in this report is derived from 
Group data provided to South Pole, to which assumptions, 
emission factors and extrapolations have been applied 
based on the GHG Protocol.
35
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Impact & innovation continued
Scope
Activity
Emissions 
(tCO2e)
Emissions 
(%)
Scope 1
Fugitive emissions
90
0.32
Scope 2
Purchased electricity
702
2.53
Scope 3
Cat 01 - Purchased goods and services
20,535
74.06
Cat 02 - Capital goods
4,147
14.96
Cat 03 - Fuel- & energy-related activities
103
0.37
Cat 05 - Waste generated in operations
357
1.29
Cat 06 - Business travel
1,188
4.28
Cat 07 - Employee commuting
605
2.18
Total
27,727
100.00
The term ‘fugitive emissions’ refers to gases or vapour leaks from a pressurised containment, 
including common industrial gases such as refrigerants.
tCO2e
27,727
97.2%
Scope 3
2.5%
Scope 2
0.3%
Scope 1 
Revised GHG emissions results for FY23
Our annual review of our GHG emissions calculations identified a small number 
of anomalies in our GHG reporting data for FY23, including an overstatement of 
waste generated during operations and an understatement of emissions from 
employee commuting. Consequently, our total carbon footprint for FY23 has 
been adjusted from 31,342 tCO2e (which was reported in our FY23 Sustainability 
Report) to 27,727 tCO2e. To maintain transparency, we are presenting the 
revised FY23 data below.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
36	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Overview of GHG emissions results for FY24
On the basis of the data reported by IPH and the 
estimations performed by our external advisor, the 
total GHG emissions for the Group’s operations in 
FY24 for Scope 1 – 3 have been calculated as 29,173 
tCO2e. Further detail follows:
	>
Scope 1 & 2 emissions account for 
approximately 2.58% of total GHG emissions, 
with purchased electricity the largest  
Scope 1 & 2 emissions source.
	>
Scope 3 emissions account for the largest 
component of total GHG emissions, at 97.42%.
	>
The three largest categories within  
Scope 3 are purchased goods and services 
(81.8% of total emissions), capital goods  
(7.9% of total emissions) and business travel 
(5.7% of total emissions).
Over the past year, IPH acquired two additional 
Canadian firms, which contributed to an increase 
in our overall emissions compared to FY23 of 
1,446 tCO2e (based on the adjusted FY23 total 
carbon footprint of 27,727 tCO2e). This increase was 
anticipated due to the expansion of our operational 
footprint. Our goal is to continue to integrate these 
new entities into the Group and continue to pursue 
strategic mergers and acquisitions while maintaining 
our focus on reducing emissions. 
By continuing to measure and report our GHG 
emissions, we are better positioned to set informed 
reduction targets, strengthen data collection quality 
and processes, and implement effective strategies 
to minimise our environmental impact while 
fostering sustainable growth. 
GHG FY24 results by Scope 1, 2 and 3
Scope
Activity
Total emissions (tCO2e)
Emissions (%)
Scope 1
Fugitive emissions
89.70
0.31 
Scope 2
Purchased electricity
662.45
2.27 
Scope 3
Cat 01 - Purchased goods and services
23,239.10
79.66 
Cat 02 - Capital goods
2,233.39
7.66 
Cat 03 - Fuel and energy related activities
81.93
0.28 
Cat 05 - Waste generated in operations
219.89
0.75 
Cat 06 - Business travel
1,629.03
5.58 
Cat 07 - Employee commuting
1,017.46
3.49 
Total
29,172.95
100.00 
The term ‘fugitive emissions’ refers to gases or vapour leaks from a pressurised containment, including common industrial gases such as refrigerants.
tCO2e
29,173
97.4%
Scope 3
(indirect emissions 
from peripheral activities 
related to the Group)
2.3%
Scope 2
(indirect emissions from 
purchased electricity at 
IPH offices)
0.3%
Scope 1
(direct emissions from 
refrigerants used at 
IPH offices) 
37
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Impact & innovation continued
Scope 1 & 2 emissions
The Group’s direct emissions in FY24 come from 
refrigerants used at company offices, which make 
up 12% of Scope 1 and 2 emissions and contribute 
0.3% of the Group’s total emissions. 
Electricity accounts for the majority of the Group’s 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions, at 88% and contributes 
2.3% of total emissions.
The Group’s Scope 1 and 2 emissions are 
relatively low, in line with the nature of the Group’s 
business activities.
Extrapolations and 
assumptions due to data 
constraints may cause 
inaccurate representations of 
certain GHG categories.
Overview of scope 3 emissions
Scope 3 emissions
Emissions from purchased goods and services, capital 
goods, and business travel make up 95% of the Group’s 
Scope 3 emissions in FY24.
The Group’s purchased goods and services emissions profile 
is dominated by service-related expenses (100%), due to the 
nature of the Group’s business as a network of professional 
services businesses. The services category includes 
management consulting services, other financial investment 
activities, equipment maintenance and other services. 
Capital goods, such as emissions from equipment used 
for office renovations, and other equipment purchases 
(office furniture and IT hardware), accounted for 7.9% of 
Scope 3 emissions.
Business travel accounted for 5.7% of Scope 3 emissions, 
while employee commuting accounted for 3.6%.
Purchased goods 
and services 81.8%
Waste generated 
in operations 0.8%
Employee 
commuting 3.6%
Business travel 5.7%
Capital goods 7.8%
Fuel and energy related 
activities 0.3%
tCO2e
28,421
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
38	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

With many industrial and manufacturing processes heavily reliant on steam which currently relies on non‑renewable 
sources, decarbonising steam production is crucial for the transition to a net zero economy. However, cost effective 
storage systems are needed to balance supply and demand, especially during periods when renewable sources are 
not generating electricity.
Spruson & Ferguson client, Graphite Energy Pty Ltd (Graphite Energy), is helping industrial manufacturers, such 
as those in the food and beverage sector, to overcome this barrier with their Green Steam™ technology that enables 
cost effective decarbonisation. 
Using Graphite Energy’s technology, manufacturers can purchase extra renewable electricity when it is cheap and 
store it as heat that can be used 24/7 to generate Green Steam™.
Peter Lemmich, CEO of Graphite Energy, said his company’s mission is to “enable a cost effective thermal energy 
transition for manufacturing and industrial customers, by time shift electricity for continuous steam production.” 
Clean Tech Innovation:
Transforming renewable 
electricity into reliable 
industrial heat
“Green Steam™ is an electro-thermal energy storage 
(eTES) system that provides clean carbon steam 
on demand for manufacturing processes, enabling 
companies to achieve significant fuel cost savings 
and reduce their carbon footprint,” he said. 
“The system takes advantage of graphite’s unique 
properties. It has a high energy density, so you can 
store a lot of energy in a relatively small amount of 
space, and it has high thermal conductivity, so you 
can get the energy in quickly and get it out quickly 
when you need it.”
In June 2023, Mars Australia became the first company 
in Australia to adopt and implement Graphite Energy’s 
eTES system at its Wodonga factory, which has already 
reduced the gas consumption on its single serve tray 
line by 20 percent. Mars Australia is now looking to 
increase the size of the system and is also planning 
a multi-site rollout in Australia and overseas. 
Graphite Energy is working with a number of companies 
to implement its Green Steam™ solution to reduce their 
carbon footprint and meet their Net Zero commitments. 
Mr Lemmich said working with Spruson & Ferguson to 
develop the company’s intellectual property strategy 
over the past five years has helped the company to 
commercialise its technology. 
“As a business, you have to strike the right chord in 
the relationship with your IP provider. Gareth Dixon 
and his team have done a great job. They helped us to 
understand that protecting everything is not the answer. 
Once you find the answer for a customer need that is 
what you protect.” 
Dr Dixon, a Principal at Spruson & Ferguson, said he 
is proud to work with a company such as Graphite 
Energy who are contributing to meaningful 
decarbonisation efforts. 
“Spruson & Ferguson is proud to support 
Graphite Energy’s efforts to drive sustainable energy 
solutions. Their innovative green steam technology 
represents a significant advancement in cost effective 
decarbonisation of steam production and it’s exciting 
to see its successful uptake in the market. 
“Protecting IP was a crucial step in the journey, as it 
not only safeguards Graphite Energy’s pioneering work 
but also ensures they can successfully commercialise 
their innovations, ultimately contributing to a more 
sustainable future.”
Working alongside Dr Dixon on the Graphite Energy 
portfolio are Special Counsel Dr David Hvasanov, 
Principal Nigel Pereira, Senior Associate Fabiola Dos 
Santos and Associate Dr Yuchen Yao.
e-TES
Steam Out
Water In
Electricity In
Buy extra electricity when the price is low and
store it (as heat) to use when prices are high
39
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Diversity, equity & inclusion
Build and support a diverse and inclusive workforce
In FY24, we developed a comprehensive 
In FY24, we developed a comprehensive 
Gender, Equity and Equality Strategy which 
Gender, Equity and Equality Strategy which 
outlines seven focus areas intended to empower, 
outlines seven focus areas intended to empower, 
develop and support women across the Group.
develop and support women across the Group.
UNSDG #8
We provide productive employment for 
our people, value for our shareholders, 
and contribute to economic advancement 
through our participation in the 
IP ecosystem.
UNSDG #5
We promote gender equality 
and support a diverse workforce 
and inclusive culture.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
40	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Our workforce in FY24
As at 30 June 2024, 1,626 people were employed across 
the Group, serving over 25 countries. Following a period of 
significant growth we now have more than 39% of Group 
employees based in Canada and 19% located across the Asia 
region. Outside of Canada, our employee numbers grew by 
14% in FY24. Our Canadian operations grew significantly due 
to the acquisition of Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC with a total 
headcount of 631 employees for the region at the end of 
FY24. Across the group 95% of our employees are engaged 
on a permanent basis, with only a small number of casual and 
contract employees. 90% of our employees work in a full time 
work pattern.
As we reported to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency 
(WGEA) in Australia, IPH’s median gender pay gap (GPG) for our 
Australian operations was 38.9 percent for the 2023 reporting 
period. Over the last three years, we have reduced our median 
pay gap by 11 percent, but we acknowledge that we still have 
a lot of work to do. When comparing like-for-like roles, where 
men and women are performing the same or similar roles, 
IPH’s GPG in key fee earning roles is zero at both the Principal 
level and the Senior Associate level. 
Our median GPG partly reflects historical trends with more 
men traditionally working in professional roles and women in 
predominantly administrative roles. This is also perpetuated 
by the underrepresentation of women in STEM. We understand 
that achieving true gender equality and equity requires sustained 
effort and collaboration across the Group, and we are fully 
committed to driving positive change in this area. At the same 
time, we are mindful of the importance of respecting our 
dedicated professional and administrative staff.
Diversity, equity and inclusion
Diversity, equity and inclusion remain fundamental to building 
a strong culture and attracting key talent. We focused on 
gender in FY24 and developed a comprehensive Gender, Equity 
and Equality Strategy that outlines seven focus areas to ensure 
IPH not only empowers, develops and supports the women in its 
business, but also supports women in STEM related professions 
through targeted community partnerships. IPH is committed to 
closing its GPG. The Gender, Equity and Equality Strategy sets 
out our target of 40:40:20 gender composition by 2030, with 
a specific focus on senior leadership roles. As highlighted in the 
tables below, women are well represented in leadership teams 
across the Group with 52% of our senior leaders (direct reports 
of the Executive Leadership Team) in IPH and IPH Services 
Pty Ltd identifying as women and 52% of our Member Firm 
leadership teams identifying as women.
Executive
Team
Senior
Leaders
Principals
All other 
fee earners
71%
29%
48%
52%
66%
34%
42%
58%
Non 
fee earners
13%
87%
Men
Key:
Women
41
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

As a growing global business, diversity plays a critical role in our success and we have a number of strategies and polices in place 
to foster a culture of diversity and inclusion. We are pleased to provide a recap on our actions and activities over FY24.
Diversity strategy  
(as outlined in our Diversity Policy)
What we have done in FY24
Taking steps to attract, retain and 
motivate well qualified employees, 
senior staff and Board members 
from a diverse pool of candidates
	>
Launched a Group global secondment program that enables our people to work from 
different member firms across the Group
	>
Launched a Global Mobility Policy which allows our people to work remotely for 90 days 
per annum
	>
Continued to reward employees when they refer a new employee to a Group business 
(payable on successful completion of probation)
	>
Launched a Senior Associate Excellence Program to support and develop mid-career 
fee earners
	>
Developed and launched a new curriculum of learning programs for those in support 
and specialist shared services roles
Develop a broader pool of skilled 
and experienced employees, senior 
staff and Board candidates, including 
workplace development programs
	>
Continued to refine and deliver the IPH People Leadership Excellence program 
to build foundational people leadership capability
	>
Completed the design and piloting of IPH’s Leader as Coach program to build 
intermediate coaching capability to further develop the leadership practice among 
our People Excellence alumni participants
	>
Used our talent and succession framework to identify and build capability among 
our high performers and those with high potential and build our talent and 
succession pipelines 
	>
Redesigned and delivered tailored in-house training programs to enable newly 
promoted Principals, Senior Associates and Special Counsels across all jurisdictions 
to effectively transition to their new roles
	>
Further developed our Trainee Attorney curriculum to support those joining the Group 
at entry level to build the key capabilities required during the initial stages of their 
patent or trade mark professional career
	>
Continued to update and add to our staff development curriculum for all employees.
	>
Delivered a series of best practice/knowledge sharing sessions through our 
learning academies
	>
Continued to design in-house development programs to build BD capability
	>
Provided financial support for post graduate programs and other development to 
support personal and professional development for employees across the Group
Taking action against inappropriate 
workplace behaviours including 
discrimination, harassment, 
vilification and victimisation
	>
Developed a Respectful Workplace Policy and Complaints Procedure to address 
positive duty obligations
	>
Deployed risk and compliance training for all new starters, with refresher training rolled 
out every two years for all staff members
	>
Engaged consultants to review our current policies and procedures and recommend 
changes to ensure we meet industry best practice in our approach
Recognising that all employees 
may have domestic responsibilities 
and providing workplace flexibility 
that will assist them to meet 
those responsibilities
	>
Continued to support the existing flexible working policies in all markets to 
provide greater flexibility to support employees balancing workplace and 
domestic responsibilities
	>
Committed to review flexible working polices in all markets in FY25
	>
Made updates to the Australian Parental Leave Policy to expand support for parents 
and made a commitment to review policies in other jurisdictions
	>
Continued to provide the ability for Australian based employees to purchase 
an additional two weeks of annual leave per year
Diversity, equity & inclusion continued
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
42	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Parental leave
We have policies for parental leave in all markets, which ensure 
compliance with local laws. As part of our Gender, Equity and 
Equality Strategy we have committed to reviewing these policies 
to ensure that we meet or exceed minimum requirements 
and consistently provide a supportive workplace for parents.
The first policy which was reviewed in late FY24 covered 
our Australian businesses. That policy now provides primary 
caregivers with 18 weeks paid leave and secondary caregivers 
with six weeks paid leave following the completion of probation. 
The policy is available to birth parents and adoptive parents and 
covers special leave for pregnancy related illness, miscarriage 
and birth related complications. The policy also provides 
superannuation top up for the duration of parental leave 
and tops up a portion of government paid parental leave. 
In FY25 we will review and update parental leave policies 
which cover New Zealand, Canada and our Asian operations.
Employment Type 
With 95% of our employees engaged on a permanent basis 
(either full-time or part-time), we demonstrate our commitment 
to providing secure and stable employment opportunities, which 
is crucial in fostering a motivated and dedicated workforce. 
The similar ratio of men to women across both permanent 
and non-permanent roles further reflects our dedication to 
maintaining gender equity at all levels. By prioritising permanent 
contracts, we enhance job security, a key factor in employee 
satisfaction and retention.
Permanent 
Employees
Employment
Type
Non-permanent
Employees
Permanent 95%
Non-permanent 5%
Men 31%
Women 69%
Men 37%
Women 63%
43
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Diversity, equity & inclusion continued
Work Pattern
90% of our employees (both permanent and non-permanent) 
are engaged in a full-time work pattern. However, we have 
similar ratios of men to women in our part-time casual and 
consultant staff. By enabling our employees to access a work 
pattern that works for them, we demonstrate our commitment 
to fostering a balanced and inclusive work environment. Notably, 
10% of our senior leaders and 9% of our principals are engaged 
on a part-time basis, which helps to embed flexibility from the 
top. By offering flexible work arrangements at all levels, we are 
better supporting our individuals with caring responsibilities.
Workforce by Region
As our geographic footprint continues to expand, we are 
proud to offer our people enhanced global mobility through 
our global secondment program. This initiative not only allows 
our employees to gain valuable international experience but 
also fosters a diverse and interconnected workforce that 
drives innovation and growth across all regions.
Full Time
Employees
Work
Patern
Consultants, 
Par Time 
and Casual 
Employees
Full time 91%
Par time 4%
Consultant 4%
Casual 1%
Men 32%
Women 68%
Men 27%
Women 73%
Australia 30%
Canada 39%
China 3%
Hong Kong 2%
Indonesia 1%
Malaysia 3%
New Zealand 11%
Philippines 1%
Singapore 9%
Thailand 1%
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
44	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

In FY24, IPH rolled out a Group Global Secondment 
Program, empowering people across all IPH jurisdictions 
to embrace flexibility and work for a different Group 
entity for a defined period in a vacant role. 
IPH is committed to supporting the wellbeing and 
flexibility of our people. By embracing global mobility 
through a secondment program, we can further 
support our people in developing their skills in a global 
company, and embrace experiencing different countries 
and cultures. 
The program ensures that IPH member firms can 
make informed decisions when supporting employees 
working internationally. Placements are carried out in 
a cost‑effective and compliant manner, with protocols 
in place to ensure information is not shared between 
firms. Since the launch of the program, the Group 
Global Secondment Program has been utilised across 
Australia, New Zealand, Asia and Canada. 
Supporting flexibility through 
global opportunities
Through the program, Australian-based 
Griffith Hack Head of Business Development, 
Sarah Hobson, was able to spend 90 days in 
Toronto, Canada assisting the Toronto-based 
Smart & Biggar BD Team.
“Being seconded to a leading IPH firm in a different 
country has been an exciting opportunity to share 
and learn different perspectives, gain invaluable 
international experience, and leverage these insights 
to better meet our clients’ needs by taking a more 
global approach to business development.” 
Sarah Hobson 
Head of Business Development, Griffith Hack
Associate Joanne Quach, initially working for 
New Zealand firm, AJ Park, took a 12-month 
secondment to Singapore, joining Spruson & Ferguson 
Asia’s Singapore team for the period.
“The secondment has been an enlightening experience, 
and has given me the opportunity to expand my 
knowledge and connect with new working cultures. 
Working with a different set of clients in different 
technology areas has diversified my experience and 
enriched my understanding of the global market. 
Adapting to the new work environment hasn’t been 
easy, but I am grateful to the colleagues at Spruson 
& Ferguson Singapore who eased my transition. 
I look forward to applying these new skills to my 
future endeavours.” 
Joanne Quach  
Associate, AJ Park
45
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Education & training
Build a culture of continuous and holistic learning and development
IPH continues to focus on investing in 
IPH continues to focus on investing in 
the development of its people to enable 
the development of its people to enable 
them to maximise their potential. 
them to maximise their potential. 
UNSDG #16
We seek to build effective and inclusive 
institutions by contributing to thought 
leadership in IP, supporting IP regulatory 
authorities and through donating and 
volunteering to support stronger communities.
UNSDG #8
We provide productive employment for 
our people, value for our shareholders, 
and contribute to economic advancement 
through our participation in the IP ecosystem.
UNSDG #4
We provide inclusive and equitable 
education opportunities for our staff, 
invest in their continuing development 
and contribute to thought leadership 
in the IP profession.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
46	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

FY24 has seen the Group enhance its curriculum, and also 
ensure that its professional development offering is equally 
accessible to all team members across its multiple jurisdictions 
as it increases its global footprint. This material references 
Disclosure 404-2 from GRI 403: Training and Education 2016.
Group Staff Development - During FY24, IPH has continued to 
offer a wide range of development opportunities through its staff 
development curriculum. The offering includes extensive training 
to support team members to transition to new ways of working, 
and multiple online courses and facilitated workshops which 
have been designed and are facilitated in-house to ensure their 
relevance to our business. 
Group Professional Development Program - Our Professional 
Development Working Group continues to play a pivotal role in 
designing and facilitating a wide range of sessions to ensure that 
our people are up to date with legal frameworks, case law and 
developments across the IP sector. These sessions also provide 
great opportunities for colleagues to collaborate with and learn 
from colleagues across multiple jurisdictions and member firms.
The Group has also supported the design and roll out 
of a broader curriculum to develop our future patent attorneys 
and support their progression through our defined trainee 
career pathway.
Group Leadership Development – We continue to update and 
deliver programs established to develop foundational leadership 
skills among all our People Leaders and those promoted to 
more senior roles within the attorney career pathway. FY24 has 
seen a further 59 colleagues complete the People Leadership 
Excellence Program and all newly promoted Principals, Senior 
Associates and Special Counsels have had the opportunity to 
participate in distinct seven month development programs to 
help them effectively transition into their role.
The Group has also focussed on building intermediate level 
capabilities among our leaders. 26 senior leaders have 
completed our newly developed in-house Leader as Coach 
program which runs for four months. FY24 has also seen the 
Group provide bespoke development to individual leaders 
through our learning academies, sponsorship of external 
programs and the provision of coaching and mentoring.
Capability Framework - Our capability framework provides 
a defined career pathway for our attorneys from entry level 
through to the Practice Group Leader role. The framework 
continues to be used to help shape the end-to-end employee 
experience and is used to support recruitment, the design 
of our development offering, and work to build talent and 
succession pipelines. In FY25 we are planning to develop 
a similar framework for our colleagues working in support roles.
Learning & Development Academies – Our member firms also 
play a key role in providing development opportunities and their 
respective academies continue to deliver training locally through 
activity including systems training, structured education sessions 
and ensuring our people also develop through exposure 
and experience.
Financial support for study – Member firms invested in 
post‑graduate qualifications for future patent and trade mark 
attorneys, enabling them to become registered attorneys in their 
relevant jurisdiction. Educational assistance policies across the 
Group provide similar levels of support for the wider workforce.
Employee referral program
The Group operates employee referral programs in all of 
our markets which provide an attractive benefit to staff who 
successfully refer potential candidates. In FY24 employee 
referrals were one of the largest sources of recruitment for 
the Group.
leaders have participated in the 
People Leadership Excellence 
Program since FY21
300+
47
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Education & training continued
Contribution to the IP profession
Engaging in and contributing to the development of the 
IP profession elevates our profile as a market leader and 
provides important opportunities to promote our people 
and expertise. In FY24, we contributed to a range of industry, 
government and academic events and initiatives including:
Mentoring and education
During FY24, Principals and other senior staff across 
the Group lectured on various subjects and taught and 
mentored for various programs at universities and other 
centres of excellence, including the World Intellectual 
Property Organisation.
Thought leadership and advocacy
	>
IPH CEO and Managing Director, Dr Andrew Blattman 
participated in a panel discussion at the International 
Federation of Intellectual Property Attorneys (FICPI) 
21st Open Forum on ‘Partnerships – will you marry me?’ 
about various types of partnerships among IP firms, 
their motivations and their main features.
	>
AJ Park presented two IP sessions to New Zealand Trade 
& Enterprise, the New Zealand government’s international 
business development agency.
	>
Griffith Hack team member provided technical expertise in 
enzyme technology to an international project on carbon 
dioxide reduction, involving a consortium of university 
and commercial partners, mostly from Europe.
	>
Griffith Hack team members spoke at the Australasian 
Polymer Symposium, AusIMM Critical Minerals Conference 
and various Knowledge Commercialisation Australia events.
	>
Smart & Biggar Principals spoke at various events including 
the Canadian Institute’s Annual Advertising & Marketing Law 
Conference, the Intellectual Property Institute of Canada 
and International Trademark Association joint initiative on 
Bill 96, and the United States Federal Circuit Bar Association’s 
Global Series.
	>
ROBIC Principal spoke at the European Patent Office (EPO) 
and Licensing Executives Society International’s (LESI) 
High‑Growth Technology Business Forum.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
48	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Partnerships and sponsorships
	>
Applied Marks was an exhibitor at the Foodpreneurs Festival, 
an event to equip entrepreneurs with a packaged food 
or drink brand with the information, skills and connections 
they need to take their businesses to new heights. 
	>
AJ Park partnered with the New Zealand Government’s 
Callaghan Innovation agency to deliver webinars on innovation 
insights and doing business in China.
	>
Griffith Hack sponsored IPBC Australasia, Curtin University’s 
Innovation Awards, Hit ID Symposium and the Western 
Australian Innovator of the Year Awards.
	>
Smart & Biggar sponsored the American Intellectual Property 
Law Association (AIPLA) Women in IP Networking event 
and the Intellectual Property Institute of Canada’s Annual 
Meeting and participated in the Annual Harold G. Fox IP Moot 
as judges.
	>
Spruson & Ferguson (Australia) Principal was a panel member 
and moderator of two sessions at AusBiotech Annual 
Conference 2023 and the firm also sponsored and hosted 
BioCheer Queensland, an Ausbiotech networking event.
Industry and Government initiatives
	>
AJ Park hosted the German-New Zealand Chamber of 
Commerce Inc. at the Auckland office in November 2023 
for a networking session. 
	>
ROBIC Principal participated in an Innovation, Science and 
Economic Development Canada round table for the public 
consultation on AI and copyright
	>
Spruson & Ferguson (Asia) Principals took on the role of 
adviser at the IP Business Clinic of Intellectual Property Office 
of Singapore (IPOS) International and moderated an IPOS 
series on developments in IP Law.
	>
Spruson & Ferguson (Asia) were part of the examination 
Committee for the IPOS 2024 Patent Agent 
Qualifying Examination.
Memberships and official positions
IPH Principals and staff across its member firms hold 
memberships and official positions with a diverse range of 
professional organisations.
49
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Wellbeing & flexibility
Create healthy flexible and engaged teams, built on autonomy and trust
We are committed to providing a safe work 
We are committed to providing a safe work 
environment and flexible work options that support 
environment and flexible work options that support 
the diverse individual, team and geographic 
the diverse individual, team and geographic 
circumstances of our people across the Group. 
circumstances of our people across the Group. 
UNSDG #8
We provide productive employment for 
our people, value for our shareholders, 
and contribute to economic advancement 
through our participation in the IP ecosystem.
UNSDG #5
We promote gender equality and 
support a diverse workforce and 
inclusive culture.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
50	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

Health, safety and security of employees
During FY24, we have maintained a strong focus on supporting 
flexible working arrangements for our staff, promoting mental 
health and wellbeing, and providing management with resources 
to drive staff engagement and sustainable high performance.
Health and wellbeing
IPH provides access to an Employee Assistance Provider (EAP) in 
each market, utilising Assure for Australia, New Zealand and Asia, 
HumanaCare for Smart & Biggar and Telus Santé for ROBIC. Each 
EAP provides comprehensive employee support and wellbeing 
services for IPH employees. In Australia, New Zealand and Asia, 
in addition to phone-based counselling and support services, 
Assure also offers support to our people through the Wellbeing 
Gateway mobile phone application, which provides virtual 
counselling services and materials.
During FY24, we delivered several initiatives to support health 
and wellbeing across Australia, New Zealand and Asia, including:
	>
Mental health awareness — in Australia we once again 
recognised R U OK? Day by distributing chocolate bars to 
all staff to encourage them to check in with colleagues and 
discuss mental health.
	>
Counselling services — as noted above, our EAP providers 
enabled access to free professional and confidential 
counselling services for employees and their immediate 
family members.
	>
Member firm initiatives — our member firms facilitated 
numerous wellbeing initiatives, including flu vaccinations 
programs, health insurance benefits, seminars and providing 
healthy food in offices.
Hybrid Working Approach
Hybrid working has been embedded across the Group since 
FY22 and supports our people and their diverse working 
arrangements. In FY24, 77% of our global workforce regularly 
used a hybrid work arrangement, reflecting both our 
commitment to hybrid working and its popularity with our 
people. In FY25 we are committed to reviewing flexible working 
policies in all markets to enhance the flexibility we provide to our 
employees and move towards a harmonised global approach.
IPH Engagement Pillars
We drive a highly engaged, high performing workforce through 
four pillars of engagement.
Embedding our Shared Services Model
Our shared services model centralises many of our shared 
service teams globally and drives efficiency and effectiveness 
through consistent ways of working. 
Succession Planning
Through our capability framework we provide a formalised 
approach to support career growth for individuals and we 
future proof our business through talent mapping and 
succession planning.
Sustainability
We embed our key sustainability strategic pillars across 
the Group with inputs from member firms and shared 
services teams.
Employee engagement and motivation 
IPH conducts annual engagement surveys through 
employee experience and people analytics platform Culture 
Amp. Engagement surveys provide essential insights into 
staff satisfaction and highlight areas of focus to enhance our 
employee experience. By conducting our annual engagement 
survey in March each year, IPH is able to set clear priorities and 
objectives, which respond to the issues raised in the survey, 
for the year ahead. 
Our FY24 employee engagement survey, conducted in March 
2024, included the entire Group and highlighted key areas 
of strength including:
	>
Management – staff have reported high levels of satisfaction 
with the quality of people leadership and the impact of 
support our people receive from their direct manager. 
	>
Teamwork and Ownership – there is a culture of cooperation 
and collaboration embedded in our member firms which 
means our people trust and value the teams they work in. 
	>
Enablement – our people have access to information, 
systems and processes that enable them to work effectively 
with high levels of autonomy. 
Initiatives for FY25 are set at both a Group and individual member 
firm level and will continue to drive increased engagement year 
on year. These initiatives will focus on important areas such as 
innovation, which has already commenced through the formation 
of the IPH Innovation Committee. 
Foundations for a refreshed Employee Value Proposition (EVP) 
were set in FY24 and tested in our engagement survey. In FY25 
we will continue this project and embed an EVP that inspires 
confidence in the Group vision and assists us to attract and 
retain key talent in a competitive market.
51
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Looking  
ahead to FY25
In FY24, we continued to pursue the six strategic priorities 
within our Sustainability Strategy. We continued working 
to strengthen our capability to manage relevant ESG 
risks and opportunities and progress our efforts in driving 
positive change for our many stakeholders.
For a second year, we engaged an external advisor to 
help us conduct GHG emissions measurement across the 
Group, comprising direct and indirect emissions sources 
(Scope 1, 2, 3) of our international operations, including our 
member firms.
In FY25, we will continue to progress our Sustainability 
Strategy. This will include working with external advisors 
on the alignment of our sustainability reporting with the 
ISSB reporting standards and proposed new Australian 
accounting standards.
We look forward to continuing to strengthen our 
sustainability activities in FY25 and beyond.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
52	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Sustainability

53
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Board of Directors
Peter Warne
Non-executive Director and Chairman
BA (Actuarial Studies), FAICD
Dr Andrew Blattman
Chief Executive Officer and 
Managing Director
BScAgr (Hons 1), PhD, GraDipIP
John Atkin
Independent Non-executive Director
LLB (1st Class Hons), BA (Pure Mathematics) 
(1st Class Hons)
Peter has been a Non-executive Director 
of IPH since 2021 and Chairman since 
February 2022. He brings to the roles an 
extensive knowledge of, and experience in, 
financial services and investment banking, 
gained through a number of senior roles 
at Bankers Trust Australia Limited, including 
as head of its Global Financial Markets 
Group from 1988 to 1999.
Peter was a Director of the Sydney 
Futures Exchange (SFE) from 1990 to 1999, 
and from 2000 to 2006, and served as 
its Deputy Chairman from 1995 to 1999. 
When the SFE merged with the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX Limited) in 
July 2006, he became a Director of ASX 
Limited, a position he held until 2020.
Peter has previously served as 
a Non‑executive Chairman of ALE Property 
Group from 2003 to 2017, and OzForex 
Group Limited (now trading as OFX 
Limited) from 2013 to 2016. He served as 
a Non‑executive Board Member of the NSW 
Net Zero Emissions and Clean Economy 
Board from 2021 to 2024. Peter also served 
as a Non-executive Director of Macquarie 
Group Limited and Macquarie Bank Limited 
from 2007 to 2022, including the period 
from 2016 to 2022 as Chairman. He was 
a Director of New South Wales Treasury 
Corporation from 2012 until 2020, where he 
also served as Chairman from 2019 to 2020.
In addition to his role on the IPH Board, 
Peter is Non-executive Director of UniSuper, 
Argo Investments Limited, and Allens, and 
Non-executive Chairman of St Andrews 
Cathedral School Foundation. He is 
also a member of the ASIC Corporate 
Governance Consultative Panel, and 
an adviser to the Board of Virgin 
Australia Airlines.
Andrew was appointed as Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing Director of IPH in 
November 2017.
Andrew has nearly 30 years’ experience 
in the IP profession, having joined Group 
member firm Spruson & Ferguson in 1995. 
He was appointed as a Principal in 1999 and 
served as CEO from 2015 to 2017, during 
which time the firm significantly expanded 
its footprints in both the Australian and 
Asia IP markets, opening new offices 
in Melbourne, Beijing, Hong Kong SAR, 
Jakarta and Bangkok.
Since Spruson & Ferguson’s incorporation 
and the listing of IPH on the ASX in 2014, 
Andrew has overseen the expansion of 
the Group, which has grown through 
a series of strategic acquisitions and 
integrations. He has a deep knowledge 
and understanding of the IPH business 
and the environment in which the 
Company operates.
Andrew is the Vice Chairman of the  
Board of St Paul’s College Foundation.
John was appointed as a Non-executive 
Director in September 2014.
He is Chairman of Qantas Superannuation 
Limited. He served as Chairman of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors 
for five years to June 2024 and as Chairman 
of Outward Bound Australia for over 4 
years. He has also been the Vice Chairman 
of Outward Bound International since 
2017, is a former Chairman of GPT Metro 
(REIT), is a former Director of Aurizon 
Limited, Integral Diagnostics Limited, 
and Commonwealth Bank Officers 
Superannuation Corporation Pty Limited.
John was CEO & Managing Director of 
The Trust Company Limited from 2009-2013 
prior to its successful merger with Perpetual 
Limited. A former lawyer, he was Managing 
Partner and Chief Executive of Blake Dawson 
from 2002-2008 and also practiced at 
Mallesons Stephen Jaques (as it was then 
known) as a Mergers & Acquisitions Partner 
for 15 years from 1987-2002. 
About
Year in review
Sustainability
54	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Our Board & Leadership

Vicki Carter
Independent Non-executive Director
BA (Social Sciences), GradDipMgmt
Vicki Carter was appointed as 
a Non‑executive Director in October 2022.
Vicki is currently a Non-executive Director 
of ASX Limited and Chair of Bendigo 
and Adelaide Bank Limited. Vicki is also 
a Non-executive Director of Sandhurst 
Trustees Limited and was Chair until 
August 15th, 2024 when she retired from 
the role. She has over 35 years’ experience 
in the financial and telecommunications 
sectors with executive roles in distribution, 
strategy and operations, human resources 
and transformation.
Vicki’s former roles include Executive 
Director, Transformation Delivery at Telstra 
and senior executive roles at National 
Australia Bank including Executive General 
Manager – Retail Bank, Executive General 
Manager – Business Operations and 
General Manager – People and Culture, 
as well as roles at MLC, ING and Prudential 
Assurance Co. Ltd.
David Wiadrowski 
Independent Non-executive Director
BCom, GAICD
David was appointed as a Non-executive 
Director in November 2023.
In addition to his role on the IPH Board, 
David is a Non-executive Director of 
CAR Group, Life360 and oOh!Media. 
He is also on the Board of the Cambodian 
Children’s Fund in Australia, a Fellow of 
the Chartered Accountants of Australia 
and New Zealand and a Graduate of the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors.
David is a former Non-executive Director 
of Vocus Group Limited, the Elevacao 
Foundation, established to support and 
mentor early stage female technology 
entrepreneurs, and Board Member of 
PwC Securities and PwC Indonesia.
Prior to commencing his board career, 
David was with PwC for more than 
35 years, including as a Partner from 
1992 to 2017, and as the Chief Operating 
Officer of the firm’s largest business unit, 
PwC Assurance, for five years. David’s 
client focus was in the technology, media 
and telecommunications industries.
David’s board experience includes M&A, 
capital raising, strategy development and 
execution, CEO and CFO recruitment and 
board renewal. Given David’s background 
he has deep knowledge of financial 
reporting, technical accounting, auditing 
and risk management.
Jingmin Qian
Independent Non-executive Director
BEc, MBA, CFA, FAICD
Jingmin was appointed as  
a Non-executive Director in April 2019.
Jingmin is also a Non-executive Director 
of Abacus Group, Trustee Director of 
HMC Capital Partners Fund, a member 
of Macquarie University Council, 
an independent Director of the CFA 
Society Australia, a Non-executive  
Director and National Vice President of 
the Australia China Business Council. 
Jingmin is a member of Chief Executive 
Women (CEW).
Jingmin is a former Trustee Director of 
Club Plus Super, former Board Director 
of CFA Society of Sydney and former 
Non-executive Director of Golden 
Cross Resources. She also previously 
held senior roles with L.E.K. Consulting, 
Boral Limited, and Leighton Holdings.
Jingmin brings a broad range of commercial 
experience covering strategy, mergers and 
acquisitions, capital planning, investment 
review and Asian expansion to her role on 
the IPH Board. 
55
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Executive 
Leadership Team
Philip was appointed Group General Counsel 
and Company Secretary of the Group in 
2016. Philip ceased as Company Secretary 
on 1 March 2024 when Ms Hoff took over 
the role. 
Philip has nearly 30 years’ experience as a 
solicitor and governance professional, both 
in private practice and in-house.
His expertise covers a broad range of areas 
of law including commercial law, competition 
law, ICT, intellectual property and litigation. 
Prior to joining the IPH executive team, Philip 
was a Principal in member firm, Spruson 
& Ferguson. 
Philip is a former Director of the Cure Brain 
Cancer Foundation.
John has been IPH’s Chief Financial 
Officer since 2016.
As CFO John is responsible for financial 
management of the IPH Group, including 
internal and external reporting to the ASX 
and IPH shareholders. The finance team is 
also responsible for the treasury, taxation, 
budgeting and forecasting functions.
John is a qualified accountant. Prior 
to joining IPH he was Group Financial 
Controller at professional services firm 
SAI Global, having previously spent 
seven years in audit at firms EY and 
Arthur Andersen.
John has been IPH’s Chief Operating Officer 
since 2018. On 1 July 2024 he moved into the 
role of Australasia Regional CEO.
In his role, John works with the Managing 
Directors of the Group’s member firms 
to ensure business strategy and key 
business initiatives are identified, developed 
and delivered in a way that supports 
commercial outcomes.
In his time with IPH, John has had 
responsibility for the consolidation of 
acquisitions into the Group and he relocated 
to Toronto in 2023 to ensure the successful 
integration of Smart & Biggar and Ridout 
& Maybee into the Group.
John commenced as Australasia Regional 
CEO as of 1 July 2024 and will be focused on 
implementing IPH’s new regional operating 
model in Australasia.
John has an extensive background in 
senior executive roles having international, 
regional and Australian experience in his 
time as both a partner in KPMG Australia 
and as Global Chief Marketing Officer 
for KPMG International.
Philip Heuzenroeder
Group General Counsel
BEc, LLB, LLM, GAICD (Order of Merit)
John Wadley
Chief Financial Officer
B.Bus (Accounting & Finance), ICAA
John O’Shea
Chief Operating Officer
BEc, MBA, GAICD
About
Year in review
Sustainability
56	
IPH Annual Report 2024
Our Board & Leadership

Halina Kochanowicz
Chief Commercial Officer
Licentiate in Law, MBA
Fiona joined IPH as Chief People Officer 
in 2023.
In her role, Fiona is responsible for 
leading IPH’s human resources and people 
operations function, driving initiatives that 
support the company’s strategic goals, while 
fostering a positive culture of excellence 
and inclusivity. 
Fiona has over 20 years’ experience  
working in senior HR roles including 
senior leadership roles at Enero Group 
and Origin. Fiona has extensive international 
experience working across the US, Canada, 
Europe, Asia, South America and the UK. 
She has experience across a broad range 
of sectors, including Marketing Services, 
Energy and Financial Services.
Tee joined IPH in 2018 and is IPH’s 
Chief Information Officer.
Tee is responsible for ensuring that 
information technology investments and 
operations in all Group companies are 
aligned with the Group’s strategic business 
objectives. His role includes overseeing 
IT and digital strategy, development of AI 
and other innovation, executive leadership 
and team development, technology 
roadmap, IT operations, project delivery 
and information security.
Tee has more than 20 years’ of experience, 
previously working in various senior IT roles, 
mainly in the financial services industry. 
He has an extensive IT background, 
specialising in systems architecture with 
a proven track record in championing 
flexible and scalable solutions and solving 
complex organisational problems.
Halina joined IPH in 2021 as IPH’s Chief 
Commercial Officer.
She is responsible for business development, 
sales, marketing, and communications.
A former lawyer, Halina has more than 
20 years’ experience working as a marketing 
professional in Europe, Brazil, New York, 
and Sydney. She has worked primarily in 
the legal industry for both international 
and leading Australian firms.
Before joining IPH as the Chief Commercial 
Officer, Halina worked for Elevate and set 
up Elevate Flex in Australia. Prior to that she 
was the CMO at Corrs Chambers Westgarth, 
Australia’s leading independent law firm.
Halina is fluent in six languages and is 
a passionate advocate for kids with ASD.
Fiona Darlington
Chief People Officer
BA (Hons) European Studies, 
Post Grad in HR Management, GAICD
Tee Tan
Chief Information Officer
BE (Computing) (Hons), MBA
57
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au

Directors’ report
The Directors present their report, together with the financial statements, of the consolidated entity (Group) consisting of IPH Limited 
(IPH or the Company) and the entities it controlled at the end of, or during, the financial year ended 30 June 2024.
IPH Limited is a leading international intellectual property (IP) services group offering a wide range of IP services and products 
to a diverse client base including some of the world’s leading companies, multi-nationals, universities, public sector research 
organisations, foreign associates and other corporate and individual clients. IPH was the first IP services group to list on the Australian 
Securities Exchange.
1.	 Directors
The following persons were Directors of the Company during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report, unless 
otherwise stated:
Name	
Office
Mr Peter Warne	
Non-executive Director and Chairman
Dr Andrew Blattman	
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
Mr John Atkin	
Non-executive Director
Ms Vicki Carter	
Non-executive Director
Ms Robin Low	
Non-executive Director (retired 4 April 2024)
Ms Jingmin Qian	
Non-executive Director
Mr David Wiadrowski	
Non-executive Director (appointed 15 November 2023)
1.1	
Information on Directors
The skills, experience, and expertise of each person who is a Director of the Company at the end of the financial year is provided on 
page 54 to 55.
1.2	 Meetings of Directors
The number of meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (the Board) held during the year ended 30 June 2024, and the number 
of meetings attended by each Director were:
	
	
	
	
	
People,
	
	
	
	
	 Remuneration
	
	
	
	
and	
	
Previous	
Previous
	
	
Board	
Audit & Risk	 Nominations	
Projects	
Audit	
Risk
	
	
Scheduled	 Unscheduled	
Committee 1	
Committee	
Committee 2	
Committee 1	
Committee 1
Peter Warne 3	
Attended	
7	
2	
—	
3	
—	
—	
— 
	
Held 4	
7	
2	
—	
3	
—	
—	
—
Andrew Blattman 5	 Attended	
7	
2	
—	
—	
—	
—	
— 
	
Held 4	
7	
2	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—
John Atkin	
Attended	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3 
	
Held 4	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3
Vicki Carter	
Attended	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3 
	
Held 4	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3
Robin Low	
Attended	
6	
1	
—	
3	
2	
3	
3 
	
Held 4	
6	
1	
—	
3	
2	
3	
3
Jingmin Qian	
Attended	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3 
	
Held 4	
7	
2	
1	
3	
3	
3	
3
David Wiadrowski	 Attended	
3	
1	
1	
1	
2	
1	
1 
	
Held 4	
3	
1	
1	
1	
2	
1	
1
1.	 The Audit Committee and the Risk Committee were merged in April 2024 to create a combined Audit & Risk Committee.
2.	 The Board established a Projects Committee in July 2023.
3.	 Peter Warne was in attendance at meetings of Committees of which he was not a member.
4.	Held: represents the number of meetings held during the time the Director held office.
5.	 Whilst not a member of the Committees Andrew Blattman was in attendance except in circumstances of a conflict of interest.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
58	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Directors’ report
2.	 Company Secretary
Tamsyn Hoff, LLB, BSocSc. Tamsyn is Head of Legal (Corporate) and was appointed Company Secretary on 1 March 2024, following 
the resignation of Philip Heuzenroeder from the position of Company Secretary on the same date. Philip continues in his role as 
Group General Counsel.
Tamsyn has 15 years’ experience as a solicitor in New South Wales and New Zealand, both in private practice and in-house, 
specialising in corporate and commercial law.
3.	 Principal activities
During the year the principal activities of the Group consisted of the provision of:
>	 IP services related to filing, prosecution, enforcement and management of patents, designs, trade marks and other IP in Australia, 
New Zealand, Canada and the Asian region; and
>	 legal services related primarily to IP in Australia, New Zealand and Canada.
There were no significant changes in the nature of activities of the Group during the year.
4.	 Operational and Financial Review
4.1	 Operations and financial performance
The summary financial analysis on page 60 of this report shows the results on a statutory and underlying basis. The Directors believe 
it is important to include the financial information on an underlying basis as this reflects the ongoing or underlying activities of the 
Group and excludes items that are not expected to occur frequently and do not form part of the core activities of the Group.
During the year, the Group acquired the Canadian businesses Ridout & Maybee (29 September 2023) and ROBIC (15 December 2023). 
Consequently, the current year result includes the post-acquisition period earnings of Ridout & Maybee (9 months) and ROBIC 
(6.5 months), including increased amortisation charges relating to intangible assets acquired, and increased interest costs 
associated with the funding of the acquisitions.
Given the timing of these acquisitions, the full year earnings contribution from the acquired businesses will not be realised until FY25.
In the prior year, the Group acquired the Smart & Biggar business on 6 October 2022. Consequently, the current year result includes 
a full year of earnings contribution from Smart & Biggar compared with approximately 9 months earnings contribution in the period year.
Given the Company’s acquisition activity, both the current and prior year result reflect significant one-off costs associated with the 
acquisitions and subsequent restructuring activities to integrate the businesses into the Group.
59
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Revenue 1
EBITDA
	
2024	
2023	
Chg	
2024	
2023	
Chg 
	
$ m	
$ m	
%	
$ m	
$ m	
%
Australian and New Zealand IP	
304.4	
289.9	
5.0%	
109.1	
103.3	
5.6%
Asian IP	
121.4	
118.8	
2.2%	
53.7	
54.2	
(0.9)%
Canadian IP	
196.5	
93.7	
109.7%	
59.9	
31.4	
90.8%
	
622.3	
502.4	
23.9%	
222.7	
188.9	
17.9%
Corporate	
16.2	
12.5	
29.6%	
(25.6)	
(17.9)	
(43.0)%
Eliminations	
(28.6)	
(24.8)	
(15.3%)	
(1.6)	
(1.0)	
(60.0)%
Underlying revenue / EBITDA 2	
609.9	
490.1	
24.4%	
195.5	
170.0	
15.0%
A reconciliation of Underlying EBITDA to Statutory EBITDA is provided below 3
Business acquisition costs	
	
	
	
(11.7)	
(10.8)	
(8.3)%
Restructuring expense	
	
	
	
(6.9)	
(2.8)	
(146.4)%
Impairment expense on right-of-use asset	
	
	
	
(1.2)	
—	
—
Change in fair value of deferred consideration	
	
	
	
—	
6.3	
(100)%
Cost associated with cyber incident	
	
	
	
—	
(2.8)	
100%
IT SaaS implementation cost	
	
	
	
—	
(0.9)	
100%
Statutory EBITDA	
	
	
	
175.7	
159.0	
10.5%
Interest income	
	
	
	
6.0	
2.0	
200.0%
Interest expense	
	
	
	
(34.8)	
(20.2)	
(72.3)%
Depreciation and amortisation	
	
	
	
(65.0)	
(53.4)	
(21.7)%
Net profit before tax	
	
	
	
81.9	
87.4	
(6.3)%
Tax expense	
	
	
	
(21.1)	
(22.9)	
(7.9)%
Net profit after tax	
	
	
	
60.8	
64.5	
(5.7)%
1.	 Revenue includes other income but excludes interest.
2.	 Underlying revenue/EBITDA comprises revenue recognised during the period less intercompany transactions that require elimination upon consolidation.
3.	 In reconciling Underlying EBITDA to Statutory EBITDA, the following adjustments are made:
i)	
Business acquisition costs - costs incurred in the pursuit of acquisitions, primarily related to ROBIC and Ridout & Maybee.
ii)	 Restructuring expenses predominantly relates to:
–	costs incurred in the post acquisition integration of Ridout & Maybee into Smart & Biggar;
–	provision relating to the exit of lease premises of Ridout & Maybee; and
–	project costs relating to “The IPH Way” program
iii)	 Impairment charge of right-of-use assets on early exit of lease as business integrated into Smart & Biggar.
iv) 	 FY23 Change in fair value of deferred consideration - A non cash $6.3 million gain on the Smart & Biggar earnout arising from movement in the Company’s 
share price and a revaluation of the Applied Marks earnout.
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
60	
IPH Annual Report 2024

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Statutory Results
Revenue and other income (excluding interest) of $609.9 million is $119.8 million or 24.4% up on the prior year, reflecting strong 
growth in the Australian/NZ business, revenue growth of 109.7% in the Canadian segment, driven by the two acquisitions in the 
current year, and the full year impact of the Smart & Biggar acquisition in the prior year (acquired on 6 October 2022). The acquisition 
strategy in Canada has resulted in the Canadian segment now being the second largest segment in the Group, contributing 32.2% 
of group revenue in FY24, expected to increase to 38% in FY25, given the timing of the Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC acquisitions 
during FY24.
Statutory EBITDA of $175.7 million is $16.7 million or 10.5% up on prior year. An increase in underlying EBITDA of the Operating 
Segments of $33.8 million or 17.9%, driven largely by the growth in the Canadian segment from the acquisitions, has been partially 
offset by a $7.8 million increase in corporate costs (refer to the corporate segment below) and an increase in one off costs of 
$8.8 million, largely associated with the acquisition strategy.
Net Profit Before Tax (NPBT) of $81.9 million is $5.5 million or 6.3% below prior year. The increase in Statutory EBITDA of 
$16.7 million has been offset by an increase in net interest expense of $10.6 million relating to the funding of the acquisitions, and 
an increase in non‑cash Depreciation and Amortisation charges of $11.6 million or 22% relating to the acquired Intangible assets, 
largely customer relationships.
Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) of $60.8 million is $3.7 million or 5.7% below prior year, supported by a small reduction in the effective tax 
rate to 25.8% (2023: 26.2%).
Adjustments to Statutory Results
In determining underlying EBITDA, the following items have been added back to Statutory EBITDA:
	
$m
Business acquisition expenses related primarily to the completion of Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC	
11.7
Restructuring expenses predominantly related to:
> costs incurred in the post-acquisition integration of Ridout & Maybee into Smart & Biggar;
> provision relating to the planned exit of leased offices; and
> project costs relating to “The IPH Way”.	
6.9
Impairment charge on “right of use” asset of leased premises on early exit of lease as business integrated in to Smart & Biggar	
1.2
The above one-off restructuring and impairment charges incurred allowed the Group to realise synergies in line with the Ridout & 
Maybee acquisition business case.
Underlying Results
Underlying EBITDA increased 15% to $195.5 million (FY23: $170.0 million). The increase in EBITDA reflects the growth in the Canadian 
segment from the acquisitions, strong growth in the Australian/NZ segment as impacted businesses rebounded from the cyber 
incident impacting the prior year, partially off-set by a market decline impacting the Asian segment.
Underlying EBITDA was also supported by a net foreign exchange gain of $1.3 million (FY23: $3.3 million gain).
Directors’ report
61
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Segment Results
The Company has three operating segments; Australian and New Zealand IP, Canadian IP and Asian IP.
Australian & New Zealand IP
The Australian & New Zealand segment reported strong growth in revenue 
and Underlying EBITDA of 5% and 5.6% respectively, despite a 0.8% decline 
in Australian patent filings market in FY24 compared to FY23. This market 
decline is a significant improvement on a 3.3% market decline in FY23.
IPH Group patent filings (ex innovation patents) declined 3.1% in FY24 
compared to a market decline of 0.8%, reflecting a “gap” to market 
movement of 2.3 percentage points. This represents an improvement 
from FY23 where IPH patent filings declined 7.8% compared to a 
market decline of 3.3%, reflecting a “gap” to market movement of 
4.5 percentage points. IPH continues to narrow the gap between the 
Group’s patent filing numbers and the market, as depicted in the chart.
US applicants make up around 35%-40% of IPH Group filings in the 
Australian market and were the largest decline by volume, down 4.1%. 
This includes the largest applicant decline in the market, an applicant 
who files exclusively with IPH. Excluding this one applicant, the market 
declined 0.3% and IPH declined 1.6%, representing a normalised 
“gap” of 1.3 percentage points.
IPH remains the market leader in Australia with combined group patent 
market share (excluding innovation patents) of 31.7% in FY24.
On a like-for-like basis, removing the effects of currency movements, the Australian/NZ segment reported strong growth in revenue 
of 5% and EBITDA also increased 7%, and reflecting an increase in EBITDA margin of 0.5 percentage points.
Canadian IP
Revenue increased by $102.8 million or 109.7% to $196.5 million and underlying EBITDA increased 90.8% to $59.9 million, reflecting the 
execution of the Group’s acquisition strategy in the Canadian market. The growth in revenue and underlying EBITDA is attributed to 
the following:
>	 On 29 September 2023, Smart & Biggar acquired the Ridout & Maybee business for a purchase consideration of CAD61 million 
(AUD70 million) with the intention of integrating the business into the Smart & Biggar business. This integration was completed 
in December 2023, realising synergies in the 2H FY24 and reported in the segment performance on page 60. Consequently, the 
disclosure of the Ridout & Maybee contribution to group revenue and earnings is not possible.
>	 On 15 December 2023, the Group acquired the ROBIC business for CAD110 million (AUD123 million), representing the Group’s third 
acquisition in the Canadian market. ROBIC is one of Canada’s leading IP firms with approximately 220 staff across offices in Montréal and 
Québec City. The FY24 result includes revenue of $39.2 million and EBITDA of $9.9 million in relation to ROBIC for the 6.5 month period 
from 15 December 23 to 30 June 24. This exceeds the Group’s expectation of financial performance at the time of acquisition.
>	 The FY24 result includes an incremental 3 months of revenue and earnings contribution over the prior year, from the Smart & 
Biggar business which was acquired in October 2022, and includes the Ridout & Maybee business results from the acquisition date 
of 29 September 2023.
On a like-for-like basis, removing the effects of foreign currency movements and the impact of the acquisitions, Canadian IP revenue 
increased by 10% with underlying EBITDA increasing by 8%, reflecting strong performance in the Smart & Biggar litigation business and 
the realisation in the 2H FY24 of cost synergies from the integration of Ridout & Maybee in December 2023.
In calculating the like-for-like financial performance, it was not possible to accurately quantify the adjustment required to remove 
the contribution to segment revenue and EBITDA from the Ridout & Maybee acquisition due to the integration of the business into 
Smart & Biggar. Instead, the financial performance of the business in the period 29 September 2022 – 30 June 2023 was used as an 
estimate of the current year contribution to segment performance.
Asian IP
Revenue increased $2.6 million or 2.2% and underlying EBITDA decreased 0.9% to $53.7 million.
The Asian IP segment performance has been impacted by a decline in market filings. The Singapore market accounts for a large 
proportion of the Asian segment filings. Latest data for calendar year 2023 indicates the Singapore patent market declined 6.7% 
compared to calendar year 2022 with Group filings declining 8.3% in the same period.
Directors’ report
EBITA
Margin
FY21
29.8%
32.3%
32.7%
33.6%
(6.3%)
(4.5%)
(2.3%)
FY22
FY23
FY24
Difference between market
and IPH patent filing growth
(percentage points)
(7.4%)
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
62	
IPH Annual Report 2024

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
US applicants account for two thirds of the market decline and include one large applicant who files solely with IPH. Excluding this 
one applicant, Group filings declined 5.9%, slightly better than the market decline of 6.3%.
Lower Singapore market filings are expected to be consistent with lower filings across other Asian jurisdictions, although Patent 
Office data is not available to confirm.
The Asian segment benefited from a stronger SGD against the AUD. On a like-for-like basis, removing the impact of foreign 
currency movements, revenue declined 2%, while EBITDA decreased 6%. Pleasingly, the 2H FY24 revenue decline of 0.6% was 
significantly improved on the 1H FY24 decline of 3% on a like-for-like basis.
Corporate
Corporate Segment costs in the current year increased $7.7 million over the prior year. Removing the impact of a foreign currency 
gain of $1.5 million (2023: $0.7 million gain) on the revaluation of USD corporate cash and debt, corporate costs increased $8.7 million.
With the recent acquisitions in Canada, the business has become a larger and more complex organisation requiring adjustments to 
the Company’s operating model to better align management to the geographies the Company operates in, and to increase corporate 
capability to appropriately manage the increase in scale and complexity. Consequently, a new regional operating model is currently 
being implemented which has resulted in an increase in management personnel and recruitment costs in the current year, with a 
further investment expected in FY25.
Additionally, the Company incurred an additional $1.5 million in share-based payments expense over the prior year, on partial vesting 
in FY24 of performance rights issued under the Executive Long Term Incentive Program and a further $0.6m in short term incentive 
expense in the current year.
Whilst evolving IPH’s network internationally through acquisitions, the Group is committed to driving operational efficiencies through 
standardisation and automation across its business processes. To this end, the current year result reflects increased investment 
in “The IPH Way” with the goal of optimising and standardising “front office” processes and extracting synergies across the 
network. Additionally, the Company has made considerable investment in the “back office” transformation planning process, with 
implementation expected to commence in FY25, aligning with the appointment of a Chief Transformation Officer in July 2024.
Finally, the increase in corporate cost reflects the increased governance and compliance costs associated with the business including 
the ramp up, in the current year, of the three year cyber uplift program, investment in disaster recovery, in addition to further 
investment in the Group’s sustainability strategy and reporting framework.
Impact of Foreign Exchange Movements
Foreign exchange rates used to translate balance sheet accounts and to translate earnings during the period were as outlined in 
the table below.
 
Closing rate as at 30 June
Average rate for period 
ended 30 June
	
2024	
2023	
2022	
2024	
2023
AUD/USD	
0.667	
0.664	
0.689	
0.656	
0.673
AUS/SGD	
0.904	
0.899	
0.959	
0.884	
0.918
AUD/CAD	
0.912	
0.880	
0.887	
0.888	
0.905
Directors’ report
63
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
i)	 Net impact recorded in the P&L account
Group companies invoice a significant proportion of their revenue in USD reflecting the location of the client base. Accordingly, the 
Group carries a material amount of USD denominated cash and receivables. The Group manages the risk of volatility in its profit and 
loss from revaluing these USD balances using USD denominated bank loans which provide a partial “natural” hedge. Additionally, the 
Group further mitigates the risk by entering forward contracts to purchase USD at a future date, effectively fixing the currency rate. 
As disclosed in note 3.3(c)(i) “Foreign currency risk” in the financial statements, the Group’s net exposure to USD after risk mitigation 
at 30 June 2024 is a net exposure of $11.5 million (2023: $70.4 million).
Realised foreign exchange gains of $2.9 million and unrealised foreign exchange loss of $1.6 million were recognised in the P&L 
account during the year, resulting in a net foreign exchange gain of $1.3 million (FY23: $3.3 million gain).
ii)	 P&L impact of trading in foreign currencies
Revenue is recorded at the rate of the day of the transaction. The Group invoiced 35% of its revenue in USD during the current year 
and has a low proportion of USD denominated expenses.
The average AUD/USD exchange rate at which this USD revenue was recorded was 0.656, while in the comparative period it was 
0.673. Based on the USD profile in FY24, a 1c movement in the AUD/USD exchange rate equates to approximately $2.5 million of 
revenue on services charges on an annualised basis.
The Group currently does not hedge revenue or expenses denominated in foreign currency. The Group continues to monitor 
this position.
Balance Sheet
	
2024	
2023	
Chg	
Chg 
	
$ m	
$ m	
$ m	
%
Cash	
75.5	
103.3	
(27.8)	
(26.9)%
Receivables and contract assets	
187.9	
163.6	
24.3	
14.9%
Intangibles and Property, plant and equipment	
986.5	
854.8	
131.7	
15.4%
Lease assets	
49.7	
45.7	
4.0	
8.8%
Other assets	
13.8	
17.6	
(3.8)	
(21.6)%
Total assets	
1,313.4	
1,185.0	
128.4	
10.8%
Trade and other payables	
47.8	
40.5	
7.3	
18.0%
Lease liabilities	
57.7	
53.5	
4.2	
7.9%
Borrowings	
434.1	
387.7	
46.4	
12.0%
Deferred tax	
91.8	
84.3	
7.5	
8.9%
Other liabilities	
47.7	
41.9	
5.8	
13.8%
Total liabilities	
679.1	
607.9	
71.2	
11.7%
Net assets	
634.3	
577.1	
57.2	
9.9%
Share capital	
641.5	
558.1	
83.4	
14.9%
Reserves	
19.6	
26.1	
(6.5)	
(24.9)%
Accumulated losses	
(26.8)	
(7.1)	
(19.7)	
(277.5)%
Total equity	
634.3	
577.1	
57.2	
9.9%
The execution of the Company’s acquisition strategy in Canada has resulted in movements in all key balance sheet accounts, 
including an increase in intangible assets, reflecting acquired customer relationships and brands, and an increase in receivables 
and contract assets (unbilled work).
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
64	
IPH Annual Report 2024

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
The Company’s net assets increased $57.2 million or 9.9% to $634.3 million. The main components of the increase were as follows:
>	 An increase in Share Capital of $83.4 million as a result of shares issued as consideration for business acquisitions and shares 
issued under the dividend reinvestment plan.
>	 An increase in accumulated losses of $19.7 million reflecting current year net profit after tax net of dividends paid. Dividends are 
calculated on cash NPAT, after adding back non-cash amortisation of intangible assets and non-cash shared-based payments 
expense. This gives rise to accumulated losses.
>	 A reduction in reserves of $6.5 million reflecting:
–	 An increase in the share based payments reserve of $6.6 million reflecting the current year expense under the Executive LTIP 
and Employee Incentive Program; and
–	 A reduction in other reserves of $13.1 million reflecting movement in the foreign currency translation reserve from the translation 
of foreign operations to Australian dollars, and movements in the fair value of hedging instruments.
Debt and Leverage
Interest bearing debt increased $46.4 million or 12% from the prior year to $434.1 million. This increase reflects increased borrowings 
of $127.9 million as a result of the refinancing of the bank facilities to fund the cash component of the purchase consideration of 
the acquisitions of $129.6 million. Additionally, the Company made voluntary debt repayments of $65.4 million and scheduled debt 
amortisation of $5 million in the current year.
Debt and Leverage ratio	
30 Jun 24	
31 Dec 23	
30 Jun 23
Debt	
445.3	
520.6	
400.2
Cash	
(75.5)	
(126.4)	
(103.3)
Net Debt	
369.8	
394.2	
296.9
Leverage Ratio	
1.9	
2.2	
1.8
Leverage Ratio calculated as Net Debt divided by EBITDA
Calculations of EBITDA and Net Debt in accordance with definition in the Bank Facility Agreement
The leverage ratio of 1.9 (2023: 1.8) sits within the guidance range provided by the Company of 1.5 – 2 times. As foreshadowed in the 
investor presentation for 1H FY24 results, the Group has brought the leverage ratio below 2 times in calendar year 2024, following 
repayment of debt in the 2H FY24 and improvement in EBITDA as the Group cycles off the cyber incident in 2H FY23.
Performance Measures
i) Cash Conversion Ratio
In FY24, the Group achieved an operating cash flow conversion of EBITDA of 107% (FY23: 88%), a significant improvement on the 
prior year ratio, reflecting the impact of the cyber incident in the prior year, disrupting normal operations, including collections. As 
foreshadowed in the 1H FY24 results presentation, the impact of the cyber incident had resulted in an unusually high conversion ratio 
of 127.7% reported in 1H FY24 and that this was expected to normalise by the end of the financial year, which can be evidenced below.
	
FY24	
FY23
Statutory EBITDA	
175.7	
159.0
Non-operating adjustments	
5.5	
(7.5)
Operating EBITDA	
181.2	
151.5
Operating non-cash movements	
5.7	
6.2
Change in working capital	
6.3	
(24.3)
Operating cashflows excluding financing activities and tax	
193.2	
133.4
Cash conversion ratio	
107%	
88%
Directors’ report
65
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
ii) Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
The graph below outlines the Group’s Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) over the last 5 years.
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
$2,000m
$1,500m
$1,000m
$500m
0
11.0%
9.0%
7.0%
6.0%
5.0%
Return on Invested Capital
10.0%
8.0%
Reorg Reserve ($m)
Equity ($m)
Debt ($m)
ROIC (%)
9.9%
9.6%
10.2%
10.1%
409
319
132
422
319
129
428
319
117
493
319
313
622
319
457
9.4%
The ROIC measure is designed to measure how effectively the Group uses funds (borrowed and owned) invested in the Group’s operations.
ROIC is calculated in any year as:
Underlying Net Operating Profit After Tax (NOPAT) / (Average Debt + Average Equity)
In calculating ROIC:
>	 Average debt is calculated as the simple average of monthly borrowings over the financial year.
>	 Underlying NOPAT is underlying NPAT adjusted to remove the non operating items of interest expense/ income and the non cash 
amortisation of acquired intangibles.
>	 Average Equity is calculated as the simple average of monthly equity over the financial year. Average equity includes the reversal 
of a $319 million historical adjustment to equity, which was originally recorded as a reduction of equity when the company was 
initially listed in 2014. The reversal of this adjustment has been made to better align reported contributed equity to the value of 
the equity when it was issued.
ROIC of 9.4% has declined from 10.1% in the prior year reflecting the softness in the Asian market in the current year.
A reconciliation of NPAT to underlying Net Operating Profit After Tax (NOPAT) is provided below.
	
	
2024	
2023 
	
	
$ m	
$ m
Net Profit After Tax	
	
60.8	
64.5
Add Back:
Taxation	
	
21.1	
22.9
Net Interest Expense 	
	
28.8	
18.2
Amortisation on acquired intangibles	
	
47.8	
36.9
Non underlying expenses	
	
19.8	
11.0
Underlying EBITA 	
	
178.3	
153.5
Notional tax at effective tax rate	
	
(46.4)	
(39.9)
Underlying NOPAT	
	
131.9	
113.6
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
66	
IPH Annual Report 2024

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Dividends
Since the end of the year, the Directors have declared the payment of a final ordinary dividend of 19 cents per share, franked at 30%. 
This represents 83% of cash adjusted NPAT (NPAT adjusted for net acquisition intangibles amortisation, the movements in deferred 
consideration, net share-based payment expense and unrealised foreign currency gains and losses).
Total dividend paid during the financial year were as follows:
	
Payment date	
Franked	
Cents	
$m
Final dividend the year ended 30 June 2023	
16 September 2023	
35%	
17.5	
41.2
Interim dividend the year ended 30 June 2024	
22 March 2024	
35%	
16.0	
39.3
4.2	 Business model, strategy and outlook
Business model
The Company is an IP services group operating a number of professional services businesses providing IP services.
In the Group’s IP services businesses in Australia, Canada, New Zealand and Asia, revenue is derived from fees charged for the 
provision of IP services by each firm related to securing, enforcing and managing IP rights in the country (directly or through an agent) 
in which registration is sought by the client.
The business model allows the Group to generate revenue streams throughout all stages of the IP lifecycle from its long-standing 
and diverse client base. Due to the diversity of the Group’s client base, there is no key dependency on any one client, with no client 
accounting for more than 2% of the Group’s revenue.
Factors that affect the performance of each business include, amongst others, the performance of the global and relevant local 
economies, client activity levels, competitor activity and the regulatory environment in which the services are provided.
Strategy and outlook
With the recent acquisitions in Canada, the Group has become a larger and more complex organisation requiring adjustments to 
our operating model to better align management to the geographies we operate in. Consequently, in the current financial year, the 
Company commenced investment in creating regional management structures in Canada, and Australasia, in addition to building 
out the corporate capability to better accommodate the increased compliance and regulatory complexity of running a multinational 
business in addition to building the company’s first transformation office charged with driving margin improvement across the 
business. The implementation of this new operating model is estimated to increase the cost base of the Company by approximately 
$5 million, with most of this cost expected in FY25.
As part of the new operating model, the Company has appointed its inaugural Chief Transformation Officer, commencing in July 2024, 
to drive several transformation programs with the objective of driving revenue and EBITDA growth to deliver sustainable EBITDA 
margin improvement over the next 3-4 years.
Margin growth is expected through “The IPH Way” program which aims to optimise and standardise the way our professionals work 
and use relevant case management systems. The project has produced early benefits, reflected in FY24 results, with further benefits 
expected to take longer than initially anticipated.
In relation to driving efficiency in the back office, detailed planning to consolidate and modernise the Group’s Finance function 
was completed in FY24, with implementation expected over the next 2 years, including integrating the Canadian businesses on 
to the Group’s financial systems. Consequently, the Group expects to incur one off implementation costs, including SaaS systems 
implementation costs, over the next couple of years.
The Company will also implement a Global Client Program with expected benefits from strengthened relationships with the Group’s 
most important clients, enhanced client satisfaction, whilst positioning the Company as the trusted partner for the Group’s client’s 
IP needs across key markets. The Company’s digital strategy plays an important role in supporting the Global Client Program adding 
value through digital means such as an online client portal and integrations with client’s systems. The client portal will focus on 
delivering an enhanced client experience through streamlined IP filing process in different jurisdictions.
More information on the Company’s strategy and outlook is included in the “About IPH” and “FY24 Year in Review” section of this 
Annual Report.
Directors’ report
67
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
4.3	 Risks
During FY24 the Group took steps to identify, assess and manage risks in accordance with its risk management framework. This 
section provides a summary of the material risks identified by the Company which may have an impact on the Group’s ability to 
achieve its operational, financial and strategic targets and the Company’s approach to the management of such risks.
Risk
Description
Management of risk
Strategic 
planning and 
implementation
The Group conducts its operations 
in markets that continue to undergo 
significant changes with the development 
of corporatised service providers. This 
provides the Group with both opportunities 
and risks requiring development, 
communication and implementation of a 
clear strategic vision and objectives.
The Board is closely involved in identifying, reviewing and 
confirming strategic objectives and reviewing implementation, 
including assessing opportunities and risks, and in providing 
direction to management.
Competition and 
changing market 
conditions
The sectors in which the Group operates 
are subject to vigorous competition, 
based on factors including price, service, 
innovation and the ability to provide the 
client with an appropriate range of IP 
services in a timely manner. Scope exists 
for market conditions to change over time 
reflecting economic, political or other 
circumstances.
Effective client service, comprising a high level of expertise at 
competitive prices delivered in a timely manner. The Group 
continues to implement leading IT systems to support client 
services. Regular marketing visits, virtual meetings or other 
forms of communication, to maintain and develop client 
relationships and understand potential changes in client needs, 
and internal and external pressures.
The Group also provides a broad range of IP services and its 
operations are geographically widespread, reducing exposure 
to any one form of IP country or jurisdiction in which it operates.
Regulatory 
environment
The Group is subject to significant 
regulatory and legal oversight.
Senior executives and the IPH Legal and Risk Team ensure that 
all regulatory and legal issues affecting the Group’s business 
are monitored and that any changes to the business operations 
necessary to comply with regulatory and legal changes are 
undertaken in a timely manner.
Engagement of professional advisors to provide guidance on 
significant regulatory and legal changes.
Careful management and oversight of the Group’s internal case 
management systems. Compliance with a professional work 
approval process for outgoing work. The approval process 
is correlated to the complexity and level of potential risk 
associated with the work.
Internal audit program for periodic review of compliance in 
areas of identified risk.
Regulatory 
reforms
The Group’s service offerings are subject 
to changes to government legislation, 
regulation and practices including 
particularly, if implemented, proposals to 
streamline multi-jurisdictional patent filing 
and examination processes.
The Group is proactive in any review or evaluation of regulations 
likely to affect its operations materially, and works with 
regulators or review authorities to ensure a clear understanding 
of facts and circumstances, and consideration of all 
stakeholder perspectives.
The Group seeks to offer its services in a range of secondary 
markets. Many of these markets have less developed IP 
regulations and systems, and require translations into 
languages other than English. These markets are therefore 
less likely to be affected by such proposals than developed or 
primary markets.
Other factors which help safeguard the Group’s role are effective 
technology, excellent client service and efficient operations and 
the likely need for IP applicants to continue to be required to 
record a local address for service of documents with the local IP 
office for examination and prosecution purposes.
The Group also continues to consider the development of 
revenue streams from adjacent markets.
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
68	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Risk
Description
Management of risk
Personnel
The Group depends on the talent and 
experience of its personnel. The loss of any 
key personnel, or a significant number of 
personnel generally may have an adverse 
effect on the Group including loss of 
knowledge and relationships. Employee 
costs represent a significant component of 
the Group’s total cost base.
Retention practices including conducting regular employee 
surveys and implementing initiatives to improve the employee 
experience, appropriate remuneration, incentive programs 
(both short and long term having regard to appropriate 
key performance indicators), retention awards, working 
environment, employee benefits and rewarding work. Learning 
and development programs are in place to attract, develop and 
build the capability of our workforce to meet our current and 
future needs of clients.
Remove single point of failure by, where practicable, 
maintaining relationships with clients through multiple contact 
points. Dilute the dependency on personnel by providing value-
add services through technology.
Careful management of staff numbers and salary levels, 
workforce planning and consideration of resourcing 
requirements as the Group grows.
Disintermediation, 
adjacent service 
providers and third 
party aggregation
The Group acts as an intermediary 
agent between its clients and IP offices. 
The removal of intermediaries in the IP 
application and registration process would 
have an adverse impact on the Group.
It is possible that third party service 
providers that currently only provide 
services with respect to limited aspects 
of IP protection may seek to extend 
their relationships with clients into other 
aspects of the provision of IP services that 
the Group currently services causing a 
diminution of relationships with clients.
Third party aggregators, such as third 
parties offering IP provider “brokerage”-like 
services may have an adverse impact on 
the Group’s relationships with clients.
IPH’s intermediary role is safeguarded by clients’ reliance on 
the Group’s expertise (both general IP expertise and local 
expertise) and regulatory barriers such as exclusive rights of 
patent attorneys to provide various IP related services and 
requirements for IP applicants to record a local address for 
service of documents with the local IP office.
Other factors which help safeguard the Group’s intermediary 
role are effective technology, excellent client service and 
efficient operations. The Group also seeks to offer its services in 
a range of secondary markets. Many of these markets have less 
developed IP regulations and systems and require translations 
into languages other than English and are therefore less likely 
to be affected by disintermediation or expansion by other 
providers.
The “network effect” provided by the Group in bringing 
together a portfolio of member firms supported by leading 
infrastructure and providing services across multiple 
jurisdictions may reduce the risk of disintermediation and third 
party aggregation and may provide an opportunity for the 
Group to secure its own additional clients.
Case management 
and technology 
systems
The Group’s internally customised systems 
represent an important part of the Group’s 
operations, which may be interrupted 
or impacted, causing disruption across 
the Group.
The Group has in place business continuity procedures as well 
as a cyber response plan. A standardised disaster recovery 
system is currently being set up to further reduce risk. The 
Group conducts appropriate reviews of its information 
technology systems, operations and human resourcing 
(including as part of its internal audit program). The Group 
continually invests in system enhancements and engages third 
party suppliers to assist with its systems development and 
maintenance.
Cloud has been the first choice for new systems implemented 
within the Group to build a future-proof systems architecture 
that integrates well with the expanding business in different 
parts of the world.
Standardisation, ongoing documentation of IT architecture, 
removal of technical debts and the introduction of IT change 
control stabilises the systems and improves reliability. 
Remediation work continues to further strengthen general 
access controls, segregation of duties and to enforce control 
awareness across the Group.
4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Directors’ report
69
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

Risk
Description
Management of risk
Technology 
disruption and 
leveraging of 
opportunities
The increasing use of electronic 
systems, processes and technology by 
regulatory authorities in some markets, 
as well as general developments in 
technology, including AI, may contribute 
to technology disruption in the industry. 
Technology development may also provide 
opportunities for the Group that need to 
be identified and assessed.
The need for the Group’s services is safeguarded by the 
reliance of target clients on the Group’s expertise (both general 
IP expertise and local expertise) and regulatory barriers such as 
exclusive rights of patent attorneys to provide various IP related 
services, and requirements for IP applicants to record a local 
address for service of documents with the local IP office.
Targeted acquisitions of new technologies also improve the 
services offered by the Group.
Other factors which help the Group to respond effectively 
to technology disruption and identify and take advantage 
of opportunities include investment in and awareness of 
effective technology development, including in the AI space, 
and investment in the efficiency of operations, through 
programs including “The IPH Way”. Transformation activities, 
their identification, assessment and implementation across 
the Group are subject to oversight by the newly appointed 
Chief Transformation Officer.
The Group also seeks to offer its services in a range of 
secondary markets. Many of these markets have less 
exposure to primary drafting, have less developed IP 
regulations and electronic systems, are less advanced 
technologically and require very technical translations into 
languages other than English.
Cyber 
security risk
The increasing reliance on technology in 
conducting the operations of the Group 
gives rise to the risk that the Group may 
be exposed to loss resulting from a cyber 
incident or data breach.
The Group has in place business continuity procedures as well 
as a cyber response plan. A standardised disaster recovery 
system is currently being implemented to further reduce risk.
The Group continues to invest in enhanced cyber security 
measures, including an ongoing cyber uplift programme.
Implementing the recommendations of a comprehensive post 
incident review completed in FY24 following the cyber incident 
which impacted a portion of the Group’s IT environment in 
March 2023.
Foreign 
exchange risk
The Group’s financial reports are 
prepared in Australian dollars. However, 
a substantial proportion of the Group’s 
sales revenue, expenditure and cash flows 
are generated in, and assets and liabilities 
are denominated in, US dollars, Euros, 
Singapore dollars and Canadian dollars.
The Group monitors the foreign currency exposures that arise 
from its foreign currency revenue, expenditure and cash flows 
and from the foreign currency assets and liabilities held on 
its balance sheet. The Group undertakes regular sensitivity 
analyses of these exposures.
The Group has foreign currency hedging facilities available 
as part of its bank facilities and has engaged in appropriate 
use of foreign currency denominated finance facilities to 
reduce exposure.
The Chief Financial Officer regularly reports to the Board in 
respect of the Group’s foreign currency exposures. The Board 
reviews its hedging policy in respect of the foreign currency 
exposures from time to time and will hedge against its foreign 
currency exchange risk where it is prudent to do so.
4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
70	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Risk
Description
Management of risk
Conflict 
of duties
Australian and New Zealand patent and 
trademark attorneys are required to abide 
by the Code of Conduct for Trans‑Tasman 
Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys 2018 
(Code of Conduct) that requires them 
to act in accordance with the law, in 
the best interests of their client, in the 
public interest, and in the interests of the 
registered attorney’s profession as a whole. 
Similar professional codes of conduct also 
apply to patent and trademark attorneys 
located in other jurisdictions across the 
Group as well as lawyers across the Group.
There may be circumstances in which the 
Group is required to act in accordance 
with these duties contrary to other 
corporate responsibilities and against the 
interests of shareholders and the short 
term profitability of the Company. An 
amendment to the Code of Conduct or 
similar codes of conduct may affect the 
manner in which the Group conducts its 
activities, particularly with the expansion 
of the Group to include additional 
member firms.
The Group has been proactive in any review or evaluation 
of regulations likely to affect its operations materially and 
works with regulators or review authorities to ensure a clear 
understanding of facts and circumstances, and consideration 
of all stakeholder perspectives.
The Group has sought detailed advice on issues of conflict of 
interest and compliance with related professional obligations. 
The Group actively assists its member firms to implement 
appropriate processes and procedures for compliance, 
including relevant professional standards bodies’ Codes of 
Conduct and Professional Rules.
Compliance with the Code of Conduct has been the subject of 
an internal audit program review.
Professional 
liability and 
uninsured risks
The provision of patent and trade mark 
services and legal services by the Group 
gives rise to the risk of potential liability for 
negligence or other similar client or third 
party claims.
The Group maintains file management processes which are 
automated where possible, safeguarded, controlled and 
regularly reviewed.
The Group has comprehensive quality assurance processes 
to ensure appropriate standards of professional work are 
maintained.
The Group has in place a comprehensive insurance program 
which includes professional indemnity insurance, which is 
reviewed each year. To support its professional indemnity 
insurance arrangements, the Group has internal processes to 
ensure timely notification to the underwriters of any potential 
claim arising from its business activities.
Acquisitions
The Company’s growth strategy may 
include the acquisition of other IP 
businesses. Risks arise in ensuring that 
potential acquisitions are appropriately 
selected and issues affecting the value of 
individual acquisitions are identified and 
reflected in the purchase considerations.
The Company assesses potential acquisition opportunities 
against the Company’s strategic objectives, values and culture. 
Where an appropriate potential acquisition is identified, the 
Company undertakes an extensive due diligence process and, 
where appropriate, engages competent professional experts 
to assist with the due diligence process and appropriate 
documentation of the transaction. The Board is involved in the 
review of, and approves, all corporate acquisitions.
Integration 
of acquired 
businesses
Following the acquisition of new 
businesses, risks arise in ensuring the 
acquired business is properly integrated 
into the Group, including addressing 
people and culture issues that may arise 
and ensuring key staff are retained and 
value maintained.
The Company seeks to identify potential post- acquisition risks 
when assessing potential acquisitions, including for cultural fit 
and matching of expectations, and to mitigate such risks by 
appropriate transaction and post-acquisition management 
structures. Steps are taken following acquisition to review and 
ensure appropriate on-boarding of new acquisitions with IPH 
governance, policies, processes and practices and levels of 
financial control and reporting, and to integrate Company and 
Group approaches to retention of key staff and utilisation of 
appropriate information technology platforms. The integration 
of new acquisitions is regularly reviewed by the Board and 
relevant Board Committees and has been the subject of an 
internal audit program review.
Directors’ report
4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
71
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

Risk
Description
Management of risk
Management of an 
expanded group
With the expansion of the Group to 
include new businesses with multiple 
offices and across multiple jurisdictions, 
risk may arise with respect to ensuring the 
appropriate structuring and resourcing 
of key management and shared services 
functions and appropriate reporting and 
oversight of Group operations.
As the Group expands, with the oversight of the Board, the 
Company continues to review and adapt existing management 
structures to ensure appropriate oversight, reporting 
requirements, support and resourcing is in place, and that the 
Group is attracting, retaining and motivating appropriately 
skilled personnel across an expanded Group.
To ensure future state capability, the Company is in the process 
of rolling out a revised operating model and is enhancing its 
capability to implement change across the Group, including by 
the recent appointment of a Chief Transformation Officer.
Global or regional 
economic, health 
or physical 
events, including 
climate change
Risk may arise as a result of global or 
regional events in the nature of natural 
disasters, climate change or other physical 
events, global or regional health events, 
including the global Covid-19 Pandemic, 
or global or regional economic shocks or 
downturn. These may impact on the level of 
demand for IP services by clients and their 
ability to provide or confirm instructions, 
the capability and timing for IP regulatory 
authorities to accept, review and progress 
the prosecution of IP rights, and the ability 
of the Group to provide its services.
The nature of the Group’s customer base means that it receives 
revenue from a large number of customers located in a range 
of jurisdictions such that no one customer accounts for more 
than a small percentage of the overall revenue of the Group.
Further, much of the demand for patent related services arises 
from research and development programs conducted over 
longer periods that are likely to be less susceptible to economic 
impacts in the short term.
The IP prosecution process also generally extends over longer 
timeframes and is usually subject to certain fixed milestone 
steps which are known in advance and required to be met to 
preserve rights, providing a degree of protection against short 
term decisions to cease or delay prosecution.
The Group has in place business continuity procedures, which 
are in the process of being reviewed and enhanced, including 
to address physical climate related risks.
The Group’s transition of its IT systems to offsite ‘cloud-based’ 
systems enables remote conduct of its business by employees, 
where required. Similarly, the ability of many customers 
and IP offices to continue their core operations in a remote 
environment facilitates the ongoing provision of instructions 
and responses.
4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
72	
IPH Annual Report 2024

4.	 Operational and Financial Review continued
4.4	 Climate-related financial disclosures
With the publication of the Australian Sustainability Reporting Exposure Draft ED SR1 in October 2023, the Company progressed 
work during FY24 to prepare for proposed mandatory climate-related reporting in Australia, with this work to continue into FY25 
and onwards. Reporting on matters related to sustainability forms a key part of one of our sustainability strategic pillars, “Impact and 
Innovation”, set out in more detail in the Company’s FY24 Sustainability Report.
In FY24, the Company also continued its work to measure and report on climate-related matters and the progressive implementation 
of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. The Company is pleased to report progress 
against the TCFD recommendations, including by undertaking a climate risk assessment in FY24. The disclosures below are set out 
in alignment with the four-pillar framework presented in the TCFD’s final publication (TCFD, 2017).
Governance
The Board is responsible for oversight of management and internal governance, strategy, risk management and compliance-related 
matters, including the management of sustainability and climate-related matters.
The Company’s Audit and Risk Committee has oversight over risks that arise from climate-related sources, particularly transition risks, 
as well as the Company’s reporting pursuant to proposed mandatory climate reporting legislation in Australia.
The day-to-day execution of the Company’s objectives and strategies as decided by the Board is delegated to the Managing Director. 
This includes the execution of activities relating to climate-related matters, for which the Managing Director is supported by a cross-
functional team who may, from time to time, also obtain assistance from external consultants.
Management’s role in the assessment and monitoring of climate-related risks is set out and performed in accordance with the 
Company’s risk management framework, described in further detail below.
Strategy
The TCFD recommendations presented under the strategy pillar are sequential in nature. In keeping with the example set by the 
ISSB in developing International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) S1 and IFRS S2, the Company has not produced separate 
procedures or frameworks for discrete risks or topics, to eliminate instances of duplication across the Group. This is a deliberate 
decision to foster the integration of climate-related considerations throughout enterprise and decision-making processes.
As noted above, during FY24, the Company undertook a climate risk assessment. As a result of this assessment and particularly 
following developments in the areas of likely reporting and compliance requirements, a number of risks have been identified as 
potentially having an elevated impact on the Company in the short term and longer term, including:
>	 Policy and Legal risk
>	 Reputational risk
>	 Market risk
Opportunities identified from climate change are also deemed to exist.
The Company continues to work on its climate related risk assessments, with next steps involving the further evaluation of identified 
risks to determine the impact on the Group’s strategy, financial planning and business resilience.
Risk Management
The Company’s risk management framework based on AS ISO 31000:2018 “Risk management – Guidelines” sets out clearly the roles 
and responsibilities of internal stakeholders at various levels, including the roles of managers, supervisors and employees.
Following the performance of a climate-risk assessment in FY24, the output from this risk assessment has been integrated 
into risk registers across the Group in accordance with the risk management framework. Climate-related opportunities have 
also been identified.
Metrics and Targets
In FY24, the Company continued to measure the Group’s carbon footprint, which is reported in the Company’s FY24 
Sustainability Report forming part of this Report.
Following further work scheduled to be performed under the TCFD strategy pillar above, we believe the Company will be in a position 
to consider appropriate metrics beyond the Group’s carbon emissions and set targets to further its climate strategy.
Directors’ report
73
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Directors’ report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
Introduction from the People, Remuneration & Nominations Committee Chair
Dear Shareholders,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for the 2024 financial year.
Our executive remuneration framework has always sought to achieve the key objectives of being:
>	 competitive, fair and equitable;
>	 linked to performance and consistent with the Group’s values and strategy;
>	 aligned with the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders; and
>	 applied with appropriate transparency, particularly in relation to key management personnel (KMP), who are the employees with 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group.
Pleasingly, the solid financial performance of the Group this financial year has resulted in an award under the financial component of 
the short-term incentive (STI) plan. The Group achieved an Underlying EBITDA of $195.5m in FY24. Excluding the impact of changes 
in foreign currency, the underlying EBITDA was $191.4m which represented 99.1% of budget. Consequently, both the CEO and the 
CFO were awarded 66% of the financial component under the STI plan. The Board assessed them as having achieved 78% and 72% of 
their strategic key performance indicators (KPIs) under the STI plan respectively (including Growth/Projects and People Engagement).
In relation to awards in FY24 under the long-term incentive (LTI) plan, the three year underlying compound annual growth rate (CAGR) 
in Underlying Earnings Per Share (EPS) was 10.9% resulting in 83.79% of the Performance Rights granted to Executives in FY22, vesting 
in the current year. The FY24 remuneration outcomes are explained more fully in the report.
In FY24, the Group undertook an extensive review of its operating model to reflect its growing global footprint and the need for 
strong leadership and management in the regions. As a result of the operating model review, the Group announced a new regional 
operating model, including three new roles in the IPH executive team – an Australasia Regional CEO, Canadian Regional CEO and 
Chief Transformation Officer, and the removal of the Chief Operating Officer role. These roles will commence in FY25 and provide 
skills and expertise to reflect the size and scale of the Group today and position us well to achieve its future potential.
At the same time, as foreshadowed in last year’s Remuneration Report, the Board carried out a thorough review of the executive 
remuneration framework. The review was undertaken by remuneration consultants, SW Corporate, who were engaged by the 
non‑executive directors and reported directly to the People, Remuneration & Nominations (PRN) Committee. As a result of the review, 
it became apparent that our fixed remuneration levels for our KMP are market competitive, if not above market, while our incentive 
remuneration is very heavily weighted to the LTI. Based on the review, and after consultation with a number of external stakeholders, 
several changes have been made to the FY25 remuneration framework, including:
>	 No increases to fixed remuneration for our KMP in FY25, instead increasing STI opportunities to improve market competitiveness 
and provide stronger rewards for achieving annual business plans and execution of strategic objectives.
>	 Broadening the range of payout of the financial KPI’s in the STI plan and introducing a capacity to reward outperformance to 
encourage stretch.
>	 Increasing the weighting of financial KPI’s in the STI plan for the CEO to 60% to align more closely with ASX 200 practice.
>	 Introducing a threshold EBITDA to be met (‘gate’) before any award under the non financial component of the STI plan is assessed.
>	 Introducing an element of STI deferral in equity to help build executive shareholdings. Introducing a minimum shareholding 
requirement (MSR) for executives to align with shareholders over the longer term.
>	 Introducing a return on invested capital (ROIC) gate in the LTI plan to ensure that awards vest on achievement of EPS targets, whilst 
maintaining a minimum acceptable level of return on invested capital. While the Board considered introducing a second LTI measure, 
for the reasons we explain in the Report, the decision was made to enhance the current single measure with a ROIC gateway.
More detail on each change above has been provided in section 5.4.
We look forward to your support and welcome your feedback on our Remuneration Report.
Yours sincerely,
John Atkin
People, Remuneration & Nominations Committee Chair
5. Remuneration Report (Audited)
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
74	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
The Remuneration Report details KMP remuneration arrangements for the Group, in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and its Regulations. KMP are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including all directors (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity.
The KMP disclosed for the year ended 30 June 2024 are set out in the table below.
Name	
Role	
Term as KMP
Non-executive Directors
Peter Warne	
Non-executive Chairman	
Full year
John Atkin	
Non-executive Director	
Full year
Vicki Carter	
Non-executive Director	
Full year
Jingmin Qian	
Non-executive Director	
Full year
David Wiadrowski	
Non-executive Director	
Commenced 15 November 2023
Former Non-executive Directors
Robin Low	
Non-executive Director	
Retired 4 April 2024
Executive KMP
Andrew Blattman	
Managing Director	
Full year
John Wadley	
Chief Financial Officer	
Full year
The Remuneration Report is set out under the following main topics:
5.1	
Overview of Executive Remuneration Framework and Guiding Principles
5.2	 Overview of Executive Remuneration in FY24
5.3	 FY24 Remuneration Outcomes
5.4	 Overview of Changes to Executive Remuneration Framework for FY25
5.5	 Overview of Non-Executive Director Remuneration
5.6	 Details of Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
5.7	 Service Agreements
5.8	 Additional Disclosures Relating to Key Management Personnel
5.1	 Overview of Executive Remuneration Framework and Guiding Principles
The objective of the Group’s executive reward framework is to ensure reward for performance is competitive and appropriate for the results 
delivered. The framework aligns executive reward with the achievement of strategic objectives and the creation of value for shareholders. 
The Board of Directors (the Board) ensures that executive reward satisfies the following key criteria for good reward governance practices:
>	 competitive, fair and equitable;
>	 linked to performance and consistent with the Group’s values and strategy;
>	 aligned with the interests of shareholders and other stakeholders; and
>	 applied with appropriate transparency, particularly in relation to KMP.
The PRN is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on remuneration packages and policies related to 
the Directors and KMP and to ensuring that the remuneration policies and practices are consistent with the Group’s strategic goals 
and people objectives. The performance of the Group depends on the quality of its Directors and other KMP. The remuneration 
philosophy is to attract and retain high quality people and motivate high performance.
The PRN has structured an executive remuneration framework that is market competitive and complementary to the strategy of the Group.
a)	 Alignment to shareholders’ interests:
>	 focuses on sustained growth in EPS as well as focusing the executive on key non-financial drivers of value; and
>	 attracts and retains high calibre executives.
b)	 Alignment to participants’ interests:
>	 rewards capability, experience and performance;
>	 reflects competitive reward for contribution to growth in shareholder wealth; and
>	 provides a clear structure for earning rewards.
During the year, the PRN undertook a detailed review of the executive remuneration framework. In this report we outline the 
framework which was applied in FY24 and then detail the remuneration outcomes achieved under that framework. We then outline 
the changes to the framework that have been made for STI and LTI offers in FY25.
75
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.2	 Overview of Executive Remuneration in FY24
The Group aims to reward executives with a level and mix of remuneration based on their position and responsibility, which has both 
fixed and variable components.
The executive remuneration and reward framework for executive KMP for FY24 had the following components:
>	 Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR) consisting of base salary and superannuation;
>	 Short-term incentive; and
>	 Long-term incentive.
The combination of these forms the executive KMP’s total remuneration.
Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR)
Consistent with prior years, TFR for FY24 was set at, or above, median market levels compared to peers with similar revenues 
and market capitalisation. TFR is reviewed annually by the PRN, based on individual performance, the overall performance of 
the Group and comparable market remuneration. Executives may receive their fixed remuneration in the form of cash or other 
fringe benefits (for example, motor vehicle benefits) where any additional costs to the Group are included in the calculation of 
the fixed remuneration.
Based on performance, the Board increased the executive KMP’s fixed remuneration for FY24 by 5%, inclusive of the increase in 
the Superannuation Guarantee Contribution.
Variable Remuneration
Short term incentive (STI)
The STI is assessed against financial and strategic KPIs.
Financial KPI – KMP have the attainment of the Group Underlying EBITDA budget (on a foreign currency adjusted or constant 
currency basis) as their financial KPI. Group Underlying EBITDA was selected as it is the most common measure used to assess the 
Group’s financial performance. The financial KPI is calculated on a constant currency basis to remove the impact of movements 
in foreign currency exchange rates against budgeted rates. The Group is exposed to fluctuations in a number of foreign currency 
exchange rates with the AUD, with USD and CAD being the Group’s key exposures.
Strategic KPI’s – KMP have the attainment of a number of individual objectives in line with the Board approved strategy of:
>	 Growth/Projects (35%)
>	 People and engagement (15%)
In FY24, the maximum STI opportunity remained constant at 33% of TFR for the CEO and 25% of TFR for the CFO. Subsequent to the 
PRN’s review of KMP remuneration, the STI opportunity will increase in FY25 to better align with the market median level, as outlined 
below in section 5.4.
Financial KPI
Maximum 50% of STI opportunity
The financial KPI has a Threshold, Target and Stretch outcome, as outlined in the table below. Awards accrue on 
a pro rate basis between Threshold, Target and Stretch.
Outcome	
Achievement	
Payout Ratio
Threshold	
97.5%	
50%
Target	
100%	
75%
Stretch	
102.5%	
100%
Strategic KPI’s
Maximum 50% of STI Opportunity
Strategic Objective	
Weighting
Growth/Projects	
35%
People and engagement	
15%
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
76	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.2	 Overview of Executive Remuneration in FY24 continued
Long term incentive (LTI)
Under the LTI plan, the Executive Leadership team, including the KMP, are invited to participate in the plan.
LTI grants are made on an annual basis through the issue of performance rights. The number of performance rights issued is determined 
by dividing the maximum value of LTI opportunity by the 20-day volume weighted average price for IPH shares up to 30 June each year. 
Awards vest under the LTI plan based on the extent to which the performance conditions are achieved over the three-year 
performance period. In FY24 the board has established Underlying EPS CAGR as the sole measure of performance under the LTI plan. 
Annually, and prior to the issue of awards under the LTI plan, the Board determines a target Underlying EPS CAGR for the Performance 
Period (Target EPS) and a minimum threshold of Underlying EPS CAGR before any awards will vest (Threshold EPS).
The table below outlines how performance rights issued in the 2023 calendar year (the FY24 Plan) will vest based on Underlying EPS 
CAGR over the performance period being the three year period from FY23 (base year) to FY26.
Underlying EPS CAGR over performance period	
Percentage of Performance Rights that Vest
Less than 4%	
Nil vesting
Equal to 4% (Threshold)	
25% vesting
Between 4% and 10.0%	
Pro-rated vesting on a straight-line basis
At or above 10.0% (Target)	
100% vesting
From time to time, the PRN evaluates the impact on incentive outcomes of certain material Board approved projects, to ensure that 
any costs incurred are considered, as well as the benefits which ultimately are expected to improve incentive outcomes. As previously 
disclosed, all costs incurred in relation to “The IPH Way” program will, for the purpose of calculating Underlying EPS CAGR under the 
LTI plan, be excluded from the calculation of underlying earnings and be notionally amortised to underlying earnings over a four-year 
period commencing in FY25.
The performance rights are granted for nil monetary consideration and do not have an exercise price. Unvested performance rights do 
not carry an entitlement to dividends.
The performance rights will automatically vest if, and when, the Board determines the performance condition has been achieved. 
Entitlements are satisfied either through an allotment of new IPH shares to participants or the purchase of existing shares on market.
Summary of plan design
The strategy and framework which applied In FY24 is summarised below.
IPH Group Executive Remuneration Strategy
Rewards capability,
experience and perormance
Provides clear and
competitive rewards
Atracts and retains
high calibre executives
Aligns to
shareholder's interests
Annual TFR (base salary and
superannuation) set in line with
market comparable rates
Full STI outcome awarded in
September each year based on perormance
LTI perormance rights are subject to
perormance rights over three years
based on underlying EPS CAGR
TFR
CEO 38%
CFO 48%
LTI
CEO: 50%
CFO: 40%
STI
CEO: 12%
CFO: 12%
IPH Group Executive Remuneration Structure
Cash
Equity
77
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.2	 Overview of Executive Remuneration in FY24 continued
A summary of the remuneration time horizon, in the FY24 plan there are no deferred equity rights on the STI.
Total Fixed
Remuneration
Year 1
Perormance testing
Payment/vesting
Year 2
Year 3
Base salary plus superannuation
STI
Cash
Annual scorecard assessed
at conclusion of Financial Year
LTI
Perormance rights tested at the conclusion of three-year perormance period
5.3	 FY24 Remuneration Outcomes
Group financial performance
The Group aims to align its Executive remuneration to its strategic objectives and the creation of sustainable shareholder value. The 
alignment of the Group’s remuneration policy with the improvement in the business, as measured through growth in Underlying EPS, 
over the last five financial years can be seen in the table below:
	
	
2020	
2021	
2022	
2023 1	
2024
Net profit after tax	
$m	
54.8	
53.6	
52.6	
64.5	
60.8
Earnings per share 1	
cents	
25.9	
24.8	
24.0	
28.4	
25.1
Underlying Earnings per share 2	
cents	
36.6	
35.0	
39.5	
43.6	
46.0
Dividends declared	
$m	
61.0	
62.4	
65.4	
70.0	
80.5
Dividends per share	
cents	
28.5	
29.5	
30.5	
33.0	
35.0
Share price (30 June closing)	
$	
7.46	
7.80	
8.16	
7.83	
6.27
1.	 From FY23, the Company included share based payments expense in the calculation of underlying Earnings Per Share.
2.	 Underlying EPS calculated for the purposes of LTI vesting is in the FY24 LTI Outcome section.
FY24 STI Outcome
Financial KPI
The Group achieved an Underlying EBITDA of $195.5 million. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency, the underlying 
EBITDA was $191.4 million which was 99.1% of budget as shown below.
The Financial KPI is assessed on a constant currency basis using budgeted foreign currency rates. The average AUD/USD rate in FY24 
was 0.67c versus a rate of 0.672c in the prior year, and a budgeted rate of 0.67c. A 1c movement in this rate impacts service charges 
by approximately $2.5 million on an annualised basis.
The table below outlines the calculation of the constant currency EBITDA for comparison to budget EBITDA:
>	 the base is the “underlying” EBITDA;
>	 the first adjustment removes foreign currency gains and losses recorded in the financial accounts while the second reflects 
the difference in exchange rates at which revenue and expense items were recorded versus the budgeted rate; and this is then 
compared to the Group budget.
	
$m
Reporting Group Underlying EBITDA	
195.5
Accounting FX adjustment 1	
(1.3)
Budgetary FX adjustment 2	
(2.8)
Underlying EBITDA on a constant currency basis	
191.4
IPH Group EBITDA budget	
193.2
Financial KPI achievement of budgeted EBITDA	
99.1%
1.	 Adjustment to exclude FX gains and losses recorded in the financial accounts.
2.	 Adjustment to restate revenue and expense items by substituting the actual foreign currency rate with the budgeted foreign currency exchange rate.
Based on achievement of 99.1% of the financial KPI, KMP were awarded 66% of the financial STI opportunity.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
78	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.3	 FY24 Remuneration Outcomes continued
Strategic KPI
In making STI decisions for the KMP, the Board set out to balance achievement with reasonable business risk and shareholder outcomes.
The Board agreed strategic plan objectives remained in two key areas: Growth/Projects and People and Engagement. Based on the 
Board’s assessment of strategic KPIs, the KMP were awarded a portion of the strategic STI opportunity. The key outcomes supporting 
that assessment for the CEO and CFO were:
KMP
Outcome
Assessment
Andrew Blattman
78%
Reflecting organic growth outcomes through major client program and in 2 (of 3) key regional 
markets; growth through acquisitions and related synergies in Canada (Ridout & Maybee and 
ROBIC) and implementing the new operating model.
John Wadley
72%
Reflecting improving capital management, supporting major acquisitions and synergy capture; 
strengthening our finance function and implementing the new operating model.
STI Outcomes – Individual KMP outcomes
STI forgone
STI paid
Executive	
	
%	
$	
%	
$
Andrew Blattman	
2024	
28.1%	
130,564	
71.9%	
334,041
	
2023	
63.0%	
278,763	
37.0%	
163,718
John Wadley	
2024	
31.1%	
52,636	
68.9%	
116,598
	
2023	
63.0%	
101,541	
37.0%	
59,635
2022 LTI Grant Outcomes – tested at the conclusion of the 2024 financial year
The performance period for the LTI plan vesting in FY24 commenced on 1 July 2021 and concluded on 30 June 2024 (FY22 LTIP). 
Performance was assessed at the end of the 2024 financial year and as a result of performance over the performance period, there 
was a partial vesting of performance rights.
In determining the calculation of the Underlying EPS, adjustments are made to statutory profit after tax as shown in the table below:
	
	
	
2021 
	
	
2024	
(Base) 
	
	
$m	
$m
Statutory net profit after tax	
	
60.8	
53.6
Add back non-cash items
  Amortisation expense of acquired intangibles, net of tax 1	
	
34.5	
15.3
  Share based payments, net of tax 2	
	
5.4	
2.1
Add back adjustments to statutory results as disclosed in the operating 
and financial review, net of tax 3	
	
16.4	
5.2
Underlying net profit after tax	
	
117.1	
76.2
Diluted Weighted average number of shares in issue 4	
m	
244.2	
216.6
Diluted Underlying EPS	
cents	
48.0	
35.2
1.	 Amortisation expense of acquired intangibles assets is excluded as it does not represent underlying performance of the business.
2.	 Since the grant of the FY22 LTIP, the Group has changed the way it reports non-cash share based payments. Previously, share based payment (SBP) expense 
was excluded from the calculation of Underlying EPS and in the calculation of the Threshold and Target Underlying EPS in the FY22 LTIP. To ensure consistency, 
SBP expense is excluded from the calculation of Underlying EPS for the purpose of the LTIP award in FY24 only (FY22 LTIP).
3.	 One off cost associated with the acquisitions and restructure activity assessed as non-underlying cost. See details shown in section 4.1 of the Operating 
and Financial Review.
4.	The diluted weighted average number of shares is used and includes the weighted average performance rights on issue at the report date.
79
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.3	 FY24 Remuneration Outcomes continued
The Underlying EPS CAGR over the performance period was 10.9%, which resulted in the vesting 83.79% of the maximum award. 
The basis for calculation of the proportion of the award is detailed in note 1.8 of the financial statements.
	
	
	
	
	 Performance 
Grant	
Performance Period	
Measure	
Threshold	
Target	
Achieved
2022	
1 July 21 – 30 June 24	
Underlying EPS CAGR	
5%	
12.5%	
10.9%
In determining the Underlying EPS CAGR, the Board noted the significant impact of the adjustments for non-underlying items. The 
calculation of these adjustments was objectively determined and was consistent with the principles applied in prior years. The Board 
did not exercise any discretion in determining the level of achievement (Threshold and Target levels of achievement reflect those 
applied in the FY22 LTIP).
The amounts vested and forfeited for KMP in FY24 is shown below.
Maximum 1
Vested 2
Expense 3
Executive	
$	
Rights	
%	
$	
Rights	
$
Andrew Blattman	
1,481,927	
177,264	
83.79%	
931,273	
148,528	
1,241,697
John Wadley	
532,868	
63,893	
83.79%	
335,668	
53,536	
446,486
1.	 This is the maximum value and number of rights at the date of the award subject to the vesting outcome. The amount is based on the grant date fair value of 
$8.36 for Andrew Blattman and $8.34 for John Wadley.
2.	 The number of rights that vested is based on the actual performance achieved against the target. The amount is based on the share price at 30 June 2024 of $6.27.
3.	 This is the actual expense recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive income of the Group over the vesting period. The expense is based on the grant date 
fair value and adjusted to reflect the actual vesting outcomes noted above.
5.4	 Overview of Changes to Executive Remuneration Framework for FY25
In FY24 the Board undertook a thorough review of the executive remuneration framework. As part of this review the Board reviewed 
comments from investors based on last year’s Remuneration Report, sought advice from an external consultant and engaged in 
consultations with external stakeholders.
The Board engaged SW Corporate, who reported directly to the PRN, to make recommendations on amendments to the KMP 
remuneration framework for FY25. The fees paid for these services were $46,750. The process used to select and engage SW 
Corporate did not involve the KMP, as such the Board is satisfied that all remuneration recommendations by SW Corporate were 
free from undue influence by KMP.
The main outcome of this review was to withhold any increase in fixed remuneration and to increase the weighting of the short-term 
incentive. As in prior year’s we particularly considered and discussed with stakeholders whether there was an additional measure 
based either on strategic measures (for example organic growth) or capital returns that could be introduced into the LTI plan. The 
Board chose not to adjust strategic measures on the basis that appropriate strategic measures will ultimately deliver an improvement 
in underlying earnings.
The Board recognises the importance of maintaining an appropriate return on capital. An examination of the Group’s actual ROIC over 
the last 5 years (see discussion in section 4 of the Operational and Financial Review) shows there has been only marginal movements 
in ROIC which makes it hard to apply as an incentive measure. However, the Board introduced a ROIC gate to the LTI to ensure 
management maintain an appropriate discipline on the allocation of capital while driving improvement in Underlying Earnings.
Based on the Board’s review and feedback from external stakeholders, the detailed changes which will come into effect in FY25 are 
summarised in the table below.
Action
FY24 Approach
FY25 Approach
Increase in short 
term incentive 
opportunity.
IPH’s remuneration 
mix is heavily 
weighted towards 
TFR and LTI, with 
below‑market STI.
While there will be no increases to TFR or LTI opportunity in FY25, the STI opportunity 
levels for KMP will increase as follows in FY25:
>	 CEO: Increase from 33% to 45% of TFR
>	 CFO: Increase from 25% to 35% of TFR
In subsequent years we aim to progressively increase the CEO STI weighting to 60% 
of TFR, with other IPH Executive increasing to 50% of TFR in the same timeframe.
The weighting of LTI to TFR will not change.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
80	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
Action
FY24 Approach
FY25 Approach
Increased 
weighting of 
the STI financial 
KPI for the CEO.
CEO’s STI scorecard 
weighted 50% on 
the financial KPI.
To ensure an appropriate focus on financial results in our business and align more 
closely with ASX 200 market practice, the weighting of financial KPI’s will increase to 
60% of STI opportunity for CEO.
Introduction of 
an STI deferral 
component.
Currently there 
is no STI deferral 
with 100% of STI 
awarded in cash.
Increasing the STI opportunity provides a pathway to introducing an STI deferral 
component of 25% in FY25. The deferral component will apply to both KMPs and the 
wider executive team in FY25.
In subsequent years the level of deferral will step up to 33% as STI opportunity increases.
Broaden vesting 
range for financial 
component of STI.
At present Threshold 
(50% payout) is set 
at 97.5% of EBITDA 
budget with Target 
(75% payout) at 
budget and Stretch 
(100% payout) at 
102.5% of budget.
This relatively tight band can work as a disincentive. In FY25 it has been widened 
so Threshold (0% payout) is set at achievement of 95% of EBITDA budget, 
Target (100% payout) at 100% of budget and Stretch (150% payout) at 105% of budget 
with the Board retaining discretion to reward outperformance up to 110% of budget.
Introduce 
EBITDA gate for 
non-financial 
component of STI.
General discretion.
While the Board will maintain discretion, introduce an explicit EBITDA gate for the 
non‑financial component of STI.
Introduction 
of a minimum 
shareholding 
requirement (MSR) 
for executives.
Currently no MSR.
To further align the interests of our executives to long-term shareholder value creation, 
we will introduce an MSR. The value 
of shares executives will be required to hold is:
>	 CEO: 100% of TFR; and
>	 Executives (including CFO): 50% of TFR.
Executives will have 5 years to achieve the MSR through STI deferrals and can still 
dispose of shares during that period to fund tax obligations. Value of shares held for 
MSRs is assessed in line with value at vesting dates and once met will not be reassessed.
Introduction of a 
return on invested 
capital (ROIC) gate 
in the LTI plan.
Currently no ROIC 
gate. LTI is awarded 
on achievement 
of Underlying EPS 
targets.
Underlying EPS CAGR will continue to be used as the sole measure for LTI. Threshold 
has been set at 4% CAGR resulting in 25% vesting with Stretch set at 10% CAGR for 
100% vesting. In the Board’s view Underlying EPS growth remains the most appropriate 
measure of long-term performance that aligns with the Group’s strategy. However, for 
the 2024 LTI grant (in FY25) IPH will introduce a ROIC gate. This gate to achievement of 
LTI will address concerns on use of a single LTI metric and will ensure management are 
creating value through the sensible allocation of capital. ROIC will be calculated for the 
final year of the LTI performance period. ROIC will be calculated in the same manner as 
set out in the Operational and Financial Review section of the Director’s Report.
Over the last five financial years ROIC at IPH has ranged between 9.4% and 10.2% 
(when capital is measured as the average monthly capital employed over the financial 
year). For the grant of LTI in FY25 the gate to LTI vesting will be set at a ROIC of 9% 
which exceeds the Group’s estimate of its weighted average cost of capital. The level 
of the ROIC gate will be reviewed each year and set by the Board at the beginning of 
the  three‑year performance period.
Review the list of 
KMP in line with 
the new operating 
model and size of 
the Group.
Two executive KMP 
(CEO and CFO) for 
the Group.
The Board has committed to reviewing the composition of its executive KMP in FY25 to 
ensure it appropriately comprises of individuals who have authority and responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, particularly in the context 
of a larger group following a number of acquisitions. Any changes as a result of this 
review will be reflected in our FY25 Remuneration Report.
5.4	 Overview of Changes to Executive Remuneration Framework for FY25 continued
81
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.4	 Overview of Changes to Executive Remuneration Framework for FY25 continued
The strategy and framework which is proposed for FY25 is summarised below.
IPH Group Executive Remuneration Strategy
Rewards capability,
experience and perormance
Provides clear and
competitive rewards
Atracts and retains
high calibre executives
Aligns to
shareholder's interests
TFR
CEO 36%
CFO 45%
LTI
CEO: 48%
CFO: 39%
STI
CEO: 16%
CFO: 16%
IPH Group Executive Remuneration Structure
Cash
25% of STI outcome issued as
deferred equity rights which
are restricted for one year
LTI Perormance Rights subject to 
an ROIC 'gate' then awarded subject 
to achievement of Underlying EPS 
CAGR target over 3 year period
75% of STI outcome awarded
in September each year
based on perormance
Annual TFR (base salary and
superannuation) set in line
with market comparable rates
Equity
The remuneration time horizon for the proposed FY25 plan is illustrated below.
Total Fixed
Remuneration
Year 1
Perormance testing
Payment/vesting
Year 2
Year 3
Base salary plus superannuation
STI
Deferred Equity Rights: 25%
Annual scorecard assessed
at conclusion of Financial Year
LTI
Perormance rights tested at the conclusion of three-year perormance period
75%
Cash
5.5	 Overview of Non-Executive Director Remuneration
Fees and payments to Non-executive Directors reflect the demands and responsibilities of their role. Non-executive Directors’ fees 
and payments are reviewed periodically by the PRN. The PRN may, from time to time, receive advice from independent remuneration 
consultants to ensure Non-executive Directors’ fees and payments are appropriate and in line with the market.
The Chairman’s fees are determined independently from the fees of other Non-executive Directors based on comparative roles in the 
external market.
Non-executive Directors do not receive share options or other incentives and their remuneration must not include a commission on, 
or a percentage of, operating revenue.
Non-executive Directors do not receive additional fees for chairing a committee or attendance at a committee.
Board members non-executive Director fees paid (Directors’ fees and committee fees) (inclusive of superannuation) for the year 
ended 30 June 2024 are summarised as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
Position	
$	
$
Chair	
330,000	
330,000
Non-executive Director	
165,000	
165,000
The Non-executive Directors are not entitled to participate in any employee incentive scheme (including the LTI plan).
Directors may also be reimbursed for expenses reasonably incurred in attending to the Company’s affairs.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
82	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.6	 Details of Remuneration of Key Management Personnel continued
	
	
	
Post-	
 
	
	
Short term	
employment	
 
	
	
benefits	
benefits	
 
	
	
Fees	
Super	
Total 
Non-executive Directors	
	
$	
$	
$
Current Directors
Peter Warne	
2024	
302,601	
27,399	
330,000
	
2023	
304,708	
25,292	
330,000
John Atkin	
2024	
148,649	
16,351	
165,000
	
2023	
149,321	
15,679	
165,000
Vicki Carter 1, 2	
2024	
165,000	
—	
165,000
	
2023	
110,806	
11,635	
122,440
Jingmin Qian	
2024	
148,649	
16,351	
165,000
	
2023	
149,321	
15,679	
165,000
David Wiadrowski 2, 3	
2024	
97,556	
6,194	
103,750
Former Director
Robin Low 4	
2024	
113,739	
12,511	
126,250
	
2023	
149,321	
15,679	
165,000
Total Non-executive Directors	
2024	
976,194	
78,806	
1,055,000
	
2023	
863,477	
83,694	
947,441
1.	 Vicki Carter commenced as a Non-executive Director on 5 October 2022.
2.	 The Company received notification of an SG exemption for part or the whole of the financial year.
3.	 David Wiadrowski commenced as a Non-executive Director on 15 November 2023.
4.	Robin Low ceased to be a Director on 4 April 2024.
 
 
Short term benefits
Post- 
employment 
benefits
 
Long term 
benefits
Share 
Based 
Payment
	
	
	
	
Annual	
	
Long service	
Equity-	
	 Perform-
	
	
Salaries	
Bonus	
leave 1	
Super	
leave 1	
setted 2	
Total	
ance
Executive KMP	
	
$	
$	
$	
$	
$	
$	
$	
Related
Andrew Blattman	
2024	
1,369,671	
334,041	
(80,904)	
27,399	
29,527	
1,057,982	
2,737,715	
51%
Managing Director	
2023	
1,305,203	
163,718	
(4,002)	
25,292	
52,844	
228,225	
1,771,281	
22%
John Wadley	
2024	
644,515	
116,598	
(20,392)	
27,399	
15,686	
356,486	
1,140,292	
41%
Chief Financial Officer	
2023	
614,578	
59,635	
(6,295)	
25,292	
16,685	
60,867	
770,763	
16%
Total	
2024	
2,014,186	
450,639	
(101,296)	
54,798	
45,213	
1,414,468	
3,878,007
	
2023	
1,919,782	
223,353	
(10,297)	
50,584	
69,529	
289,092	
2,542,043
1.	 Represent the expense / expense reversal based on the movement in the employee annual leave or long service leave balances during the year.
2.	 Represents the accounting expense on share-based payments for the financial year.
83
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.6	 Details of Remuneration of Key Management Personnel continued
Actual Remuneration Outcomes Table – Executive KMP
The following table summarises the remuneration outcomes for the KMP for the year ended 30 June 2024. 
The remuneration outcomes detailed in this table reflect actual value received by the participants.
	
	
Cash	
Cash	
Other	
LTIP
	
	
salary 1	
bonus 2	
benefits 3	
vested 4	
Total
	
	
$	
$	
$	
$	
$
Andrew Blattman - Managing Director	
2024	
1,369,671	
334,041	
(23,978)	
931,273	
2,611,006
	
2023	
1,305,203	
163,718	
74,134	
543,182	
2,086,237
John Wadley - Chief Financial Officer	
2024	
644,515	
116,598	
22,693	
335,668	
1,119,474
	
2023	
614,578	
59,635	
35,682	
195,547	
905,443
Total	
2024	
2,014,186	
450,639	
(1,286)	
1,266,940	
3,730,480
	
2023	
1,919,782	
223,353	
109,816	
738,729	
2,991,680
1.	 Cash salary comprises of base pay only, excluding superannuation which is disclosed in Other Benefits.
2.	 STI payment based on outcome of FY24 performance.
3.	 Other benefits include superannuation and movement in long- and short-term leave balances.
4.	Value of shares vesting in FY24 under the LTI plan on the IPH share price at 30 June 2024 of $6.27. (FY23: IPH Share price at 30 June 2023 of $7.83).
5.7	 Service Agreements
Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are formalised in service or employment agreements. Details of these 
agreements are as follows:
Action
Andrew Blattman
John Wadley
Remuneration 
package – FY24
TFR	
$1,407,893
STI	
up to 33% of TFR
LTI	
Up to 133% of TFR
TFR	
$676,935
STI	
up to 25% of TFR
LTI	
Up to 85% of TFR
Remuneration 
package – FY25
TFR	
$1,407,893
STI	
up to 45% of TFR
LTI	
Up to 133% of TFR
TFR	
$676,935
STI	
up to 35% of TFR
LTI	
Up to 85% of TFR
Annual leave
Five weeks
Four weeks
Termination by 
executive or company
Six months’ notice in writing
Termination due to 
serious misconduct 
or summary dismissal
The Company may terminate the employment contract immediately and without notice or payment in 
lieu of notice. KMP have no entitlement to termination payments in the event of removal for misconduct.
Restraint of trade
Upon termination of the employment contract, the KMP will be subject to a restraint of trade period of 
12 months throughout Australia, Canada, New Zealand and Singapore. The enforceability of the restraint 
is subject to all usual legal requirements.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
84	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.8	 Additional Disclosures Relating to Key Management Personnel
The following disclosures relate only to equity instruments in the Company or its subsidiaries.
Shareholding
The number of shares in the Company held during the financial year by each Director and other members of KMP of the Group, 
including their personally related parties, is set out below:
	
Number of shares
	
	
at the start	
	
Movements	
	
at the end 
	
	
of the year	
Additions	
Disposals	
Other	
of the year
Current Non-executive Directors
Peter Warne	
2024	
40,000	
—	
—	
—	
40,000
	
2023	
—	
40,000	
—	
—	
40,000
John Atkin	
2024	
129,841	
6,448	
—	
—	
136,289
	
2023	
125,247	
4,594	
—	
—	
129,841
Vicki Carter	
2024	
—	
15,360	
—	
—	
15,360
	
2023	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—
Jingmin Qian	
2024	
8,000	
12,200	
—	
—	
20,200
	
2023	
—	
8,000	
—	
—	
8,000
David Wiadrowski 1	
2024	
—	
—	
—	
—	
—
Former Non-executive Directors
Robin Low 2	
2024	
74,214	
—	
—	
(74,214)	
—
	
2023	
74,214	
—	
—	
—	
74,214
Executive KMPs
Andrew Blattman - Managing Director	
2024	
2,142,844	
69,372	
(160,000)	
—	
2,052,216
	
2023	
2,449,314	
93,530	
(400,000)	
—	
2,142,844
John Wadley - Chief Financial Officer	
2024	
75,000	
24,974	
—	
—	
99,974
	
2023	
73,834	
33,671	
(32,505)	
—	
75,000
Total	
2024	
2,469,899	
128,354	
(160,000)	
(74,214)	
2,364,039
	
2023	
2,722,609	
179,795	
(432,505)	
—	
2,469,899
1.	 David Wiadrowski commenced as a Director on 15 November 2023.
2.	 Robin Low ceased to be a Director on 4 April 2024. “Other” represents no longer being designated as a director and not necessarily a disposal of holding.
85
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Remuneration report
Directors’ report
5.8	 Additional Disclosures Relating to Key Management Personnel continued
Option holding
No options over ordinary shares in the Company were held during the financial year by each Director and other members of KMP of 
the Group, including their personally related parties.
	
	
Rights at	
Granted as	
	
	
Rights at
Performance rights holding	
Plan 1	
start of year	
compensation 2	
Vested	
Forfeited	
end of year
Andrew Blattman	
FY22	
177,264	
—	
(148,528)	
(28,736)	
—
	
FY23	
234,340	
—	
—	
—	
234,340
	
FY24	
—	
241,301	
—	
—	
241,301
	
	
411,604	
241,301	
(148,528)	
(28,736)	
475,641
John Wadley	
FY22	
63,893	
—	
(53,536)	
(10,357)	
—
	
FY23	
72,010	
—	
—	
—	
72,010
	
FY24	
—	
74,148	
—	
—	
74,148
	
	
135,903	
74,148	
(53,536)	
(10,357)	
146,158
1.	 Financial year in which the award is granted.
2.	 The number of performance rights issued is determined by dividing the maximum value of LTI opportunity by the 20-day volume weighted average price 
of IPH shares up to 30 June 23.
Outstanding deferred shares and performance rights for executive KMP
The following table sets out a summary of the grants that were in operation during FY24. The minimum value of all performance 
rights is zero.
	
	
	
	
	
	
Maximum 
	
	
	
Performance	
	
	 value of grants 
Award	
Plan	
Grant date	
start date	
Vesting date	
Fair value	 to be expensed
IPH Executive LTIP	
FY22	
15/09/2021	
1/07/2021	
30/06/2024	
8.34	
532,868
IPH Executive LTIP	
FY22	
19/11/2021	
1/07/2021	
30/06/2024	
8.36	
1,481,927
IPH Executive LTIP	
FY23	
6/12/2022	
1/07/2022	
30/06/2025	
7.94	
2,432,419
IPH Executive LTIP	
FY24	
4/12/2023	
1/07/2023	
30/06/2026	
5.96	
1,880,076
Loans and transactions with KMP
No loans have been made to any of the KMP or their related parties during FY24 or FY23. There were no other transactions with 
KMP during FY24 or FY23.
This concludes the Remuneration Report, which has been audited.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
86	
IPH Annual Report 2024

6.	 Shares under performance rights
Details of unissued shares or interests under performance rights across all incentive plans of the Group at the date of this report are:
Issuing Entity	
Type	
Number of Shares	
Class	
Exercise Price	
Expiry Date
IPH Limited	
Performance rights	
2,876,557	
Ordinary	
nil	
Up to June 2026
7.	 Shares under option
There were no unissued ordinary shares of IPH under option at the date of this report.
8.	 Significant changes in the state of affairs
There were no other significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group during the financial year.
9.	 Matters subsequent to the end of the financial year
Other than the dividend declared per note 1.8 (b) of the financial statements, there has not been any matter or circumstance 
occurring subsequent to the end of the financial year that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations 
of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.
10.	Environmental regulation
The Group is not subject to any significant environmental regulation under Australian Commonwealth or State law.
11.	 Indemnity and insurance of officers
The Company has indemnified the Directors and executives of the Company for costs incurred, in their capacity as a Director or 
executive, for which they may be held personally liable, except where there is a lack of good faith.
During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in respect of a contract to insure the Directors and executives of the Company 
against a liability to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of 
the liability and the amount of the premium.
12.	Indemnity and insurance of auditor
The Company has not, during or since the end of the financial year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify the auditor of the Company 
or any related entity against a liability incurred by the auditor.
During the financial year, the Company has not paid a premium in respect of a contract to insure the auditor of the Company or any 
related entity.
13.	Proceedings on behalf of the Company
No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf of the 
Company, or to intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purpose of taking responsibility on behalf of the 
Company for all or part of those proceedings.
Remuneration report
Directors’ report
87
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

14.	Non-audit services
Details of the amounts paid or payable to the auditor for non-audit services provided during the financial year by the auditor are 
outlined in note 1.7 to the financial statements.
The Directors are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the financial year, by the auditor (or by another 
person or firm on the auditor’s behalf), is compatible with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001.
The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed in note 1.7 to the financial statements do not compromise the external 
auditor’s independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons:
>	 all non-audit services have been reviewed and approved to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the 
auditor; and
>	 none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence as set out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for 
Professional Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the 
auditor’s own work, acting in a management or decision-making capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company 
or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.
15.	Officers of the Company who are former partners of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
There are no officers of the Company who are former partners of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.
16.	Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors Reports) Instrument dated 24 March 2016 
and in accordance with that Instrument amounts in the annual financial report are rounded off to the nearest hundred thousand 
dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
17.	Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 89.
18.	Auditor
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu continues in office in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001. This report is made in 
accordance with a resolution of Directors, pursuant to section 298(2)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001.
Dr Andrew Blattman
CEO and Managing Director
22 August 2024
Sydney
Remuneration report
Directors’ report
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
88	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Auditor’s independence declaration
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation.
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
ABN 74 490 121 060
Quay Quarter Tower
Level 46, 50 Bridge St
Sydney, NSW, 2000
Australia
Phone: +61 2 9322 7000
www.deloitte.com.au
22 August 2024
The Board of Directors
IPH Limited
Level 22, Tower 2, Darling Park
201 Sussex Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Dear Board Members,
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to IPH Limited
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following declaration
of independence to the directors of IPH Limited.
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial report of IPH Limited for the year ended 30 June 2024, I declare
that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions of:
•
The auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and
•
Any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.
Yours faithfully
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU
X Delaney
Partner
Chartered Accountants
89
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Remuneration report

Financial report
IPH has revised the disclosures within this report compared to the previous year to improve the relevance 
and readability for users of the financial report. As a result, the following changes have been made:
>	 Amounts have been rounded to the nearest one hundred thousand as permitted by the ASIC guidelines,
>	 Certain line items within the primary financial statements have been combined and re-presented 
in the comparative period,
>	 In accordance with the amendment to AASB 101, information that was considered immaterial has been 
removed to ensure it does not obscure material accounting policy information; and
>	 The notes to the financial statements have been rearranged into sections to assist the users in navigating 
through the financial statements to understand the Group’s financial position and financial performance.
	
Consolidated financial statements
91	
Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income
92	
Consolidated statement of financial position
93	
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
94	
Consolidated statement of cash flows
	
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
95	
General information
	
Section 1  Financial results
96	
1.1	
Segment information
99	
1.2	 Revenue from contracts with customers
100	 1.3	 Employee benefit expenses
104	 1.4	 Other expenses
104	 1.5	 Depreciation and amortisation
105	
1.6	 Finance costs
105	
1.7	 Auditors’ remuneration
106	 1.8	 Earnings per share and dividends per share
107	
1.9	 Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows
	
Section 2  Core assets and working capital
108	
2.1	 Trade and other receivables
110	
2.2	 Intangible assets
113	
2.3	 Plant and equipment
114	
2.4	 Leases
115	
2.5	 Other assets
116	
2.6	 Trade and other payables
116	
2.7	 Provisions
	
Section 3  Finance and capital structure
116	
3.1	 Borrowings
117	
3.2	 Issued capital
118	
3.3	 Financial risk management
	
Section 4  Other disclosures
122	
4.1	 Taxation
124	
4.2	 Business combinations
127	
4.3	 Parent entity financial information
127	
4.4	 Subsidiaries
129	
4.5	 Deed of cross guarantee
131	
4.6	 Contingent liabilities
131	
4.7	 Events after the balance sheet date
133	
Consolidated entity disclosure statement
134	
Directors’ declaration
135	
Independent auditor’s report
141	
Shareholder information
144	 Corporate directory
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
90	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Consolidated statement of profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2024
	
	
2024	
2023 
	
Note	
$m	
$m
Revenue	
1.2	
605.6	
482.9
Other income	
1.2	
10.3	
15.3
	
	
615.9	
498.2
Employee benefits expenses	
1.3	
(215.8)	
(167.1)
Agent fee expenses	
	
(151.5)	
(120.4)
Other expenses	
1.4	
(66.9)	
(49.7)
Profit before amortisation, depreciation, finance costs and income tax expense	
	
181.7	
161.0
Amortisation and depreciation	
1.5	
(65.0)	
(53.4)
Finance costs	
1.6	
(34.8)	
(20.2)
Profit before income tax expense	
	
81.9	
87.4
Income tax expense	
4.1	
(21.1)	
(22.9)
Profit after income tax expense for the year	
	
60.8	
64.5
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation	
	
(10.9)	
9.3
Fair value (loss)/ gain on hedging instruments	
	
(2.2)	
4.1
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax	
	
(13.1)	
13.4
Total comprehensive income for the year	
	
47.7	
77.9
Profit for the year is attributable to:
Owners of IPH Limited	
	
60.8	
64.5
	
	
60.8	
64.5
Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:
Owners of IPH Limited	
	
47.7	
77.9
	
	
47.7	
77.9
Earnings per share
Basic earnings (cents per share)	
1.8	
25.12	
28.62
Diluted earnings (cents per share)	
1.8	
24.94	
28.43
These statements should be read in conjunction with the following notes.
91
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2024
	
	
2024	
2023 
	
Note	
$m	
$m
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	
	
75.5	
103.3
Trade and other receivables	
2.1	
158.2	
141.8
Contract assets	
1.2	
29.7	
21.8
Income tax receivable	
	
1.6	
3.4
Other assets	
2.5	
10.1	
7.7
Total current assets	
	
275.1	
278.0
Non-current assets
Intangibles	
2.2	
968.7	
842.0
Plant and equipment	
2.3	
17.8	
12.8
Right-of-use assets	
2.4	
49.7	
45.7
Other assets	
2.5	
2.1	
6.5
Total non-current assets	
	
1,038.3	
907.0
Total assets	
	
1,313.4	
1,185.0
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables	
2.6	
47.8	
40.5
Income tax payable	
	
12.8	
12.5
Provisions	
2.7	
26.1	
20.4
Lease liabilities	
2.4	
9.9	
9.7
Contract liabilities	
	
2.6	
3.8
Total current liabilities	
	
99.2	
86.9
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings	
3.1	
434.1	
387.7
Deferred tax	
4.1	
91.8	
84.3
Lease liabilities	
2.4	
47.8	
43.8
Provisions	
2.7	
6.2	
5.2
Total non-current liabilities	
	
579.9	
521.0
Total liabilities	
	
679.1	
607.9
Net assets	
	
634.3	
577.1
Equity
Issued capital	
3.2	
641.5	
558.1
Share based payment reserve	
	
27.8	
21.2
Other reserves	
	
(8.2)	
4.9
Accumulated losses	
	
(26.8)	
(7.1)
Total equity	
	
634.3	
577.1
These statements should be read in conjunction with the following notes.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
92	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024
	
	
	
	
	
Retained 
	
	
	
Share based	
	
Profits / 
	
	
Issued	
payment	
Other	  (Accumulated	
Total
	
	
Capital	
reserve 1	
Reserves 2	
losses)	
Equity
	
Notes	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
Balance as at 1 July 2022	
	
424.8	
15.1	
(8.5)	
(1.6)	
429.8
Profit after income tax expense for the year	
	
—	
—	
—	
64.5	
64.5
Effect of foreign exchange differences	
	
—	
—	
9.3	
—	
9.3
Hedge revaluation net of tax	
	
—	
—	
4.1	
—	
4.1
Total comprehensive income for the year	
	
—	
—	
13.4	
64.5	
77.9
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Dividends paid	
1.8	
14.5	
—	
—	
(70.0)	
(55.5)
Share-based payments charge	
	
—	
6.1	
—	
—	
6.1
Issue of ordinary shares as consideration for a 
business combination, net of transaction costs	
	
118.8	
—	
—	
—	
118.8
Balance as at 30 June 2023	
	
558.1	
21.2	
4.9	
(7.1)	
577.1
Profit after income tax expense for the year	
	
—	
—	
—	
60.8	
60.8
Effect of foreign exchange differences	
	
—	
—	
(10.9)	
—	
(10.9)
Hedge revaluation net of tax	
	
—	
—	
(2.2)	
—	
(2.2)
Total comprehensive income for the year	
	
—	
—	
(13.1)	
60.8	
47.7
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:
Dividends paid	
1.8	
22.0	
—	
—	
(80.5)	
(58.5)
Share-based payments charge 1	
	
—	
6.6	
—	
—	
6.6
Issue of ordinary shares as consideration for a 
business combination, net of transaction costs	
4.2	
61.4	
—	
—	
—	
61.4
Balance as at 30 June 2024	
	
641.5	
27.8	
(8.2)	
(26.8)	
634.3
These statements should be read in conjunction with the following notes.	
.
1.	 The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise accounting expense relating to equity instruments granted to employees as part of their remuneration. 
Refer to note 1.3 for details of share-based payment transactions. Per Note 1.3, the total expense is $8.1m. This is higher than the amount recognised in the 
share based payment reserve of $6.6m due to amounts that were considered cash settled, which were statutory deductions relating to the awards that were 
paid directly to the taxation authorities.
2.	 Other reserves comprise:
i)	 Foreign currency translation reserve of $(1.1m) (2023 – $9.8m) – used to recognise exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial 
statements of foreign operations to Australian dollars. It is also used to recognise foreign currency translation changes on hedge instruments that are 
designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations.
ii)	 Non-controlling interest acquisition reserve of $(14.8m) (2023 – $(14.8m)) – represents the difference between the amount by which non-controlling interests 
are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received, where there is no change in control and arose on the initial listing of IPH. There were 
no changes in non-controlling interest in the year.
iii)	Fair value reserve of $7.7m ($2023 – $9.9m) – which recognises the fair value gains or losses from investments in equity instruments designated as Fair value 
through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI), and revaluation of hedging instruments designated as cashflow hedges.
93
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2024
	
	
2024	
2023 
	
Note	
$m	
$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers	
	
682.5	
518.6
Payments to suppliers and employees	
	
(489.3)	
(385.3)
Interest received	
	
6.0	
2.0
Interest and other finance costs paid	
	
(31.2)	
(21.0)
Income taxes paid	
	
(36.1)	
(22.5)
Net cash from operating activities	
1.9	
131.9	
91.8
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired	
4.2	
(129.6)	
(275.5)
Proceeds of sale of subsidiaries	
	
—	
0.8
Payments for property, plant and equipment	
	
(8.8)	
(4.1)
Payments for internally developed software	
	
(2.2)	
(2.8)
Net cash used in investing activities	
	
(140.6)	
(281.6)
Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid	
1.8	
(58.5)	
(55.5)
Proceeds of borrowings	
3.1	
127.9	
268.5
Repayments of borrowings	
3.1	
(70.4)	
—
Payment of lease liabilities	
	
(10.3)	
(13.5)
Net cash (used) / generated from financing activities	
	
(11.3)	
199.5
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents	
	
(20.0)	
9.7
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year	
	
103.3	
88.4
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	
	
(7.8)	
5.2
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	
	
75.5	
103.3
These statements should be read in conjunction with the following notes.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
94	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
General information
The financial statements cover IPH Limited as a group consisting of IPH Limited and the entities it controlled (the Group) at the end 
of, or during, the year. IPH Limited (the Company) is a listed public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. 
A description of the nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are included in the Directors’ report, which is not 
part of the financial statements.
Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for certain financial instruments that are 
measured at revalued amounts or fair values, as explained in the accompanying notes. Historical cost is generally based on the fair 
values of the consideration given in exchange for assets.
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements and included within the notes have been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. The presentation currency, rounding of amounts and date of 
authorisation is summarised below:
Presentation currency
Australian dollars
Rounding of amounts
Nearest hundred thousand dollars, presented as $m to one decimal place, unless otherwise indicated. 
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors Reports) 
Instrument dated 24 March 2016.
Date authorised for issue
22 August 2024
Statement of compliance
These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the AASB and the Corporations Act 2001, as appropriate for for-profit oriented entities.
These financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board (IASB).
New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted
The Group has adopted all the new, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatory for the current reporting period. The adoption of these Accounting 
Standards and Interpretations did not have any significant impact on the financial performance or position of the Group.
Standards in issue but not yet effective
Standards in issue but not yet effective as at the reporting date are not expected to have a significant impact on the financial 
performance or position of the Group.
Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and management judgements, 
for areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the 
financial statements. During the year, these related to the following:
Contract assets	
Refer Note 1.2 on page 99
Receivables	
Refer Note 2.1 on page 108
Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets	
Refer Note 2.2 on page 110
Determination of control of subsidiaries – business combinations	
Refer Note 4.2 on page 124
Determination of control of subsidiaries - subsidiaries	
Refer Note 4.4 on page 127
Going Concern
The Directors have, at the time of approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources, and the ability to extend all debt facilities, to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Thus, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial statements.
95
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results
1.1	 Segment information
Identification of reportable operating segments
The Group is organised into segments as follows:
Segment
Activity
Intellectual 
property services
Australia & 
New Zealand (ANZ)
Related to the provision of filing, prosecution, enforcement and management of patents, 
designs, trademarks, and other IP in Australia & New Zealand.
Asia
Related to the provision of filing, prosecution, enforcement and management of patents, 
designs, trademarks, and other IP in Asia.
Canada
Related to the provision of filing, prosecution, enforcement and management of patents, designs, 
trademarks, and other IP in Canada. Includes acquisitions in this financial period of ROBIC and 
Ridout & Maybee.
Corporate
Relates to the provision of Group strategy, compliance, capital management and other 
groupwide ancillary services.
Adjacent businesses
Comprised of Wisetime which was disposed in the prior periods. There was no contribution 
to the current year and the prior year contribution was negligible. Therefore, this is no longer 
presented in the segment note.
These operating segments are based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the senior executive team and Board 
of Directors (who are identified as the Chief Operating Decision Makers (CODM)) in assessing performance and in determining the 
allocation of resources. There is no aggregation of operating segments.
The CODM reviews performance of the segments by using:
>	 Underlying EBITDA – calculated as profit before interest, income tax, depreciation and non-underlying income or expenses, and
>	 Underlying EBIT – calculated as underlying EBITDA less depreciation and amortisation.
Both measures exclude adjustments to revenue and expense such as those that may be associated with material business 
restructuring or individual transactions of an infrequent nature.
The accounting policies adopted for internal reporting to the CODM are consistent with those adopted in the financial statements. 
The information reported to the CODM is on at least a monthly basis.
Intersegment transactions
There are varying levels of integration between the segments. The integration includes provision of professional services, shared 
technology and management services. Intersegment transactions were made at market rates. Intersegment transactions are 
eliminated on consolidation.
Reliance on major customers
Maximum revenue from any customer is less than 2% (2023: 2%) of overall revenue of the Group.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
96	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
Segment results	
Intellectual Property Services	
Inter-segment
	
	
Elimination/
	
ANZ	
Asia	
Canada	
Corporate	
Unallocated	
Total 
For the year ended 30 June 2024	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
External revenue	
288.8	
121.0	
195.8	
—	
—	
605.6
Intersegment revenue	
6.3	
0.5	
0.3	
—	
(7.1)	
—
Total revenue	
295.1	
121.5	
196.1	
—	
(7.1)	
605.6
Other income	
9.3	
(0.1)	
0.4	
16.2	
(21.5)	
4.3
Total revenue and other income	
304.4	
121.4	
196.5	
16.2	
(28.6)	
609.9
Operating expenses	
(195.3)	
(67.7)	
(136.6)	
(41.8)	
27.0	
(414.4)
Underlying EBITDA	
109.1	
53.7	
59.9	
(25.6)	
(1.6)	
195.5
Depreciation	
(6.0)	
(2.9)	
(4.5)	
(1.2)	
—	
(14.6)
Amortisation	
(22.3)	
(1.4)	
(24.9)	
(1.8)	
—	
(50.4)
Management charges	
(0.3)	
(2.5)	
(0.7)	
3.5	
—	
—
Underlying EBIT	
80.5	
46.9	
29.8	
(25.1)	
(1.6)	
130.5
Reconciliation of underlying EBIT to statutory profit before income tax
Underlying EBIT	
	
	
	
	
	
130.5
Adjustments:
  Business acquisition costs 1, 2	
	
	
	
	
	
(11.7)
  Restructuring expenses 2	
	
	
	
	
	
(6.9)
  Impairment of right-of-use assets	
	
	
	
	
	
(1.2)
Interest income	
	
	
	
	
	
6.0
Finance costs	
	
	
	
	
	
(34.8)
Statutory profit before income tax expense	
	
	
	
	
	
81.9
1.	 Business acquisition costs comprise legal and advisor fees incurred on acquisition of new businesses and retention share based payment plans for 
employees as part of the acquisition.
2.	 Restructuring expenses comprise costs on restructuring acquired businesses as well as changes to the Group operating model to enhance synergies.
	
2024 
	
$m
Reconciliation of segment revenue and other income
Segment total revenue and other income	
609.9
Interest income	
6.0
Total revenue and other income	
615.9
97
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
Segment results	
Intellectual Property Services	
Inter-segment
	
	
Elimination/
	
ANZ	
Asia	
Canada	
Corporate	
Unallocated	
Total 
For the year ended 30 June 2023	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
External revenue	
275.6	
113.9	
93.7	
—	
—	
483.2
Intersegment revenue	
1.0	
5.9	
0.2	
—	
(7.1)	
—
Total revenue	
276.6	
119.8	
93.9	
—	
(7.1)	
483.2
Other income	
13.3	
(1.0)	
(0.2)	
12.5	
(17.7)	
6.9
Total revenue and other income	
289.9	
118.8	
93.7	
12.5	
(24.8)	
490.1
Operating expenses	
(186.6)	
(64.6)	
(62.3)	
(30.4)	
23.8	
(320.1)
Underlying EBITDA	
103.3	
54.2	
31.4	
(17.9)	
(1.0)	
170.0
Depreciation	
(7.5)	
(2.5)	
(2.9)	
(1.2)	
—	
(14.1)
Amortisation	
(22.4)	
(1.4)	
(13.9)	
(1.6)	
—	
(39.3)
Management charges	
0.4	
(10.1)	
—	
9.7	
—	
—
Underlying EBIT	
73.8	
40.2	
14.6	
(11.0)	
(1.0)	
116.6
Reconciliation of underlying EBIT to statutory profit before income tax
Underlying EBIT	
	
	
	
	
	
116.6
Adjustments:
  Business acquisition costs 1, 2	
	
	
	
	
	
(10.8)
  Restructuring expenses 2	
	
	
	
	
	
(2.8)
  Changes in deferred consideration 3	
	
	
	
	
	
6.3
  Costs associated with cyber incident	
	
	
	
	
	
(2.8)
  IT SaaS implementation costs	
	
	
	
	
	
(0.9)
Interest income	
	
	
	
	
	
2.0
Finance costs	
	
	
	
	
	
(20.2)
Statutory profit before income tax expense	
	
	
	
	
	
87.4
1.	 Business acquisition costs comprise legal and advisor fees incurred on acquisition of new businesses and retention share based payment plans for 
employees as part of the acquisition.
2.	 Restructuring expenses comprise costs on restructuring acquired businesses as well as changes to the Group operating model to enhance synergies.
3.	 Change in deferred consideration expense comprises of a non cash $6.3 million gain on the Smart & Biggar earnout arising from movement in the Company’s 
share price and a revaluation of the Applied Marks earnout.
	
2023 
	
$m
Reconciliation of segment revenue and other income
Segment total revenue and other income	
490.1
Interest income	
2.0
Revenue and other income items excluded from segment result	
6.1
Total revenue and other income	
498.2
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
98	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
1.2	 Revenue from contracts with customers
a)	 Revenue
Revenue is generated from the provision of intellectual property (IP services) and legal services as follows:
	
Segment	
Inter-
	
	
segment
	
ANZ	
Asia	
Canada	
elimination	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
For the year ended 30 June 2024 
IP services	
273.4	
121.5	
160.1	
(6.9)	
548.1
Legal services	
21.7	
—	
36.0	
(0.2)	
57.5
Total revenue	
295.1	
121.5	
196.1	
(7.1)	
605.6
For the year ended 30 June 2023
IP services	
253.5	
119.8	
69.2	
(6.8)	
435.7
Legal services	
23.0	
—	
24.5	
(0.3)	
47.2
Total revenue	
276.6	
119.8	
93.9	
(7.1)	
482.9
All revenue is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST).
The Group’s recognition policy is summarised below:
IP services
Legal services
Services performed
Professional services in relation to the protection, 
commercialisation, enforcement and management 
of all forms of intellectual property.
IP-related legal advice including commercialisation and 
litigation services which assert and protect IP assets.
Performance obligation
Delivery of individual services as directed by client. Provision of the legal advice and services.
Satisfaction of 
performance obligation
Point in time. Upon completion of each 
performance obligation, which is satisfied at a 
point in time, the Group is entitled to payment 
for services performed.
Over time. Performance of legal services does not 
create an asset with an alternative use and the 
Group has an enforceable right to payment for 
performance completed.
Measurement
Fair value by reference to a scale of charges 
and time-based fees.
Fair value of time and materials on a progressive basis 
using the input method. 
b)	 Contract assets
Contract assets relate to work that has been performed for IP services or legal services but has not yet been billed to the customer. 
Upon issuing of the invoice, the amount is reclassified from contract assets (Work in Progress) to trade receivables. The movement 
and value of contract assets is as follows:
	
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
Note	
$m	
$m
Opening balance	
	
21.8	
6.8
Contract assets from business combinations	
4.2	
5.9	
5.5
Movement in contract assets 1	
	
2.0	
9.5
Closing balance	
	
29.7	
21.8
1.	 Movement in contract assets relates to the initial recognition of WIP and conversion of WIP to trade receivables on billing.
Significant judgement and estimate
Judgement is required when estimating the value of the services carried out at balance sheet date which is based on the value 
of time spent to date and management’s assessment of the recoverability of that value.
Contract assets are initially recognised at the net recoverable values. Contract assets are subsequently assessed for impairment 
using the expected credit loss under AASB 9 Financial Instruments, and carried at amortised cost less expected loss allowance. 
The expected credit loss allowance on contract assets is not material.
99
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
c)	 Other Income
Other income is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Interest	
6.0	
2.0
Net realised foreign exchange gain / (loss)	
2.9	
3.1
Net unrealised foreign exchange gain / (loss)	
(1.6)	
0.2
Commission	
2.3	
2.4
Other income	
0.7	
1.3
Fair value gain on deferred consideration on Smart & Biggar acquisition 1	
—	
6.3
Total other income	
10.3	
15.3
1.	 The deferred consideration was settled in April 2023.
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest rate method.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arise from the foreign currency transactions and the translation of foreign currency financial 
assets and liabilities to the functional currency.
Commission income is received through the referral of clients to complementary services related to IP. All other income is recognised 
when performance obligations have been satisfied. All other income is stated net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST).
1.3	 Employee benefit expenses
Employee benefits comprise salaries (basic pay and benefits), on costs (retirement contributions, payroll taxes), share-based 
payments, incentives and other employee-related expenses.
a) Total employee benefit expenses
Total employee benefit expenses is as follows:
	
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
	
$m	
$m
Salaries	
	
180.8	
139.3
Salary on costs 1	
	
5.3	
4.9
Superannuation	
	
10.8	
9.4
Share-based payment expense	
1.3(b)	
8.1	
6.1
Other employee benefit expenses	
	
10.8	
7.4
Total employee benefit expenses	
	
215.8	
167.1
1.	 Salary on costs comprise of post-employment contributions, workers compensation and payroll taxes.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
100	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
b)	 Share based payments
i)	 Details of share plans
KMP, including the Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer of the Group, and other key employees receive remuneration in 
the form of equity instruments as consideration for services rendered. Detailed remuneration disclosures for KMP are provided in the 
Remuneration Report.
The following is a summary of the share-based payment arrangements for KMP and other key employees of the Group:
Plan
Terms
Performance 
condition
Performance 
restriction / 
exercise period
Dividends 
received 
before vesting
Service 
condition
IPH Limited 
Employee 
Incentive Plan 
(the “Incentive 
Plan”) approved 
16 Nov 2016
Eligible 
participants 
receive 
performance 
rights at 
no cost, 
exercise 
price is Nil
Subject to:
>	 firm EBITDA,
>	 practice group and individual service 
charge performance,
>	 business development and 
people management KPIs.
1 performance 
right converts 
into 1 share 
after 1 year.
These are held 
in trust and 
the shares 
are subject 
to a service 
condition for a 
further 2 years.
No amounts 
are paid or 
payable to the 
recipient of the 
performance 
right.
When rights 
are converted 
into shares 
dividends are 
paid to the 
recipient.
If participant 
leaves before 
end of 
performance 
or service 
period, rights 
or shares 
are forfeited.
IPH Executives 
– Long term 
incentive
Minimum compound annual growth rate in 
underlying EPS over a 3-year performance 
period ending on 30 June.
Schedule of vesting of these rights is as 
shown in chart A:
3 years
Nil
If participant 
leaves before 
end of 
performance 
or service 
period, rights 
are forfeited.
One-off 
retention 
award – 
Smart & Biggar
Eligible 
participants 
receive 
performance 
rights at 
no cost, 
exercise 
price is Nil
Award is vested if the recipient remains in 
employment at least up to 4 January 2024.
1 year 3 months Nil
If participant 
left before 
4 January 2024, 
award is forfeited.
Chart A
EPS CAGR
Up to 2023 plan
2024 plan
Vesting
< 5%
< 4%
Nil
= 5%
= 4%
25%
5% to 12.5%
4% to 10.0%
Pro-rata to 100%
=> 12.5%
=> 10.0%
100%
101
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
ii)	 Number of instruments
The number of performance rights on issue under the Group employee incentive plans during the period is as follows:
Number
Plan type
Plan year
Grant date
 
Vesting date 1
Start 
of the year
Granted
Exercised
Expired/ 
forfeited
End 
of the year
Employee  
Incentive  
Plan
FY22
15 Sep 21
15 Sep 23
6,943
—
(6,943)
—
—
FY23
15 Sep 22
31 Aug 23
864,151
—
(309,446)
(554,705)
—
FY23
06 Dec 22
31 Aug 23
5,148
—
(1,287)
(3,861)
—
FY23
06 Dec 22
30 Nov 24
20,477
—
—
—
20,477
FY23
10 Mar 23
31 Aug 25
279,991
—
—
(148,355)
131,636
FY24
04 Dec 23
30 Jun 24
—
1,234,829
—
(26,329)
1,208,500
1,176,710
1,234,829
(317,676)
(733,250)
1,360,613
Executives  
long term  
incentive  
plan
FY21
07 Dec 20
01 Sep 23
369,768
—
(156,782)
(212,986)
—
FY22 2
15 Sep 21
30 Jun 24
261,029
—
—
(22,697)
238,332
FY22
19 Nov 21
30 Jun 24
177,264
—
—
—
177,264
FY23
06 Dec 22
30 Jun 25
545,568
—
—
(33,962)
511,606
FY24
09 Oct 23
15 Oct 24
6,840
—
—
—
6,840
FY24
04 Dec 23
30 Jun 26
—
581,902
—
—
581,902
1,360,469
581,902
(156,782)
(269,645)
1,515,944
Retention  
award 3
FY23
06 Oct 22
02 Jan 24
—
187,354
(187,354)
—
—
Total
2,537,179
2,004,085
(661,812)
(1,002,895)
2,876,557
1.	 The Board has discretion to permit vesting to occur prior to this date.
2.	 Subsequent to the year end, 83.79% of the FY 22 LTIP grant vested. This includes 202,064 rights held by KMP and disclosed as “vested” during the year for 
the purpose of KMP remuneration disclosure in section 5.8 of the Remuneration Report.
3.	 The number of shares granted on vesting date is calculated as gross award, less statutory deductions for individual tax, divided by the 20-day volume weighted 
average price to 31 December 2023.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
102	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
iii)	Grant date fair value and expense
The grant date fair value of performance and retention rights issued under the Employee Incentive Plan and the Executive LTI plan 
are independently determined using a binomial option pricing model, using inputs such as the underlying share price, exercise price, 
expected dividends, expected risk free rates and expected share price volatility.
Key inputs are summarised below:
Plan type
Plan year
Grant date
Risk free rate
Dividend yield
Share price 
at grant date
Fair value 
at grant date
Expense 
for the year 
$m
Employee  
Incentive  
Plan
Pre FY22 1
Various
0.16% – 0.83%
3.90% – 4.20%
$7.12 – $8.16
$6.84 – $7.88
0.8
FY22
15 Sep 21
0.03%
3.90%
$9.35
$8.65
1.2
FY23
15 Sep 22
3.03%
3.60%
$9.31
$9.01
0.9
FY23
06 Dec 22
3.09%
3.60%
$8.75
$8.54
0.1
FY23
06 Dec 22
3.04%
3.60%
$8.75
$8.15
0.1
FY23
10 Mar 23
3.73%
3.90%
$8.40
$7.64
0.3
FY24
04 Dec 23
4.30%
4.60%
$6.75
$6.54
1.4
Executives  
long term  
incentive  
plan
FY21
07 Dec 20
0.12%
4.60%
$6.62
$5.84
0.1
FY22
15 Sep 21
0.17%
3.90%
$9.35
$8.34
0.5
FY22
19 Nov 21
0.88%
3.90%
$9.30
$8.36
0.5
FY23
06 Dec 22
3.06%
3.60%
$8.75
$7.94
0.5
FY24
09 Oct 23
4.07%
4.60%
$7.31
$6.98
0.1
FY24
04 Dec 23
4.20%
4.60%
$6.75
$5.96
0.5
Retention  
award
FY23
06 Oct 22
n.a 2
n.a 2
n.a 2
n.a 2
1.1
Total
8.1
1.	 These are legacy plans in place prior to FY22. The rights granted under these plans vested into shares and were held in trust until their release at 
the beginning of FY24.
2.	 The fair value of the award is based on total value granted, and is expensed over the vesting period, adjusted for any changes in expected vesting.
iv)	Weighted average information
	
2024	
2023
Weighted average share price during the financial year	
$6.83	
$8.57
Weighted fair value of the rights granted during the year	
$7.00	
$8.69
Weighted average remaining contractual life of rights outstanding at the end of the year	
0.5 yrs	
0.7 yrs
c)	 Key management personnel remuneration
The KMP of the Group comprise the Chair, Non-executive Directors, the Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer. 
Remuneration paid to the KMP is shown below, with the amounts rounded off to the nearest thousand.
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$000	
$000
Short-term employee benefits	
3,340	
2,996
Post-employment benefits	
134	
135
Long-term benefits	
45	
69
Share-based payments	
1,414	
289
Key management personnel compensation	
4,933	
3,489
103
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
1.4	 Other expenses
Other expenses are as follows:
	
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
Note	
$m	
$m
IT communication and equipment	
	
12.8	
8.4
Insurance	
	
6.3	
5.9
Travel	
	
3.9	
3.2
Professional and advisory	
	
8.7	
6.5
Training and wellbeing	
	
4.0	
3.1
Occupancy	
	
6.7	
5.4
Expected credit loss provision / write-offs	
	
2.2	
1.7
Business acquisition costs	
	
10.6	
7.8
Restructuring costs	
	
6.8	
6.0
Impairment of right-of-use assets	
	
1.2	
—
Auditors’ remuneration	
1.7	
1.5	
1.2
Other	
	
2.2	
0.5
Total other expenses	
	
66.9	
49.7
1.5	 Depreciation and amortisation
Depreciation and amortisation are recognised to write off the cost or valuation of assets less their residual values over their useful 
lives, using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation and amortisation methods are 
reviewed at the end of each reporting period, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.
Asset useful lives is as follows:
Plant and equipment	
Useful life (years)
Leasehold improvements	
6 to 15
Other equipment	
2 to 5
Furniture, fixtures and fittings	
5 to 10
Computer equipment	
2 to 5
Intangible assets	
Useful life (years)
Goodwill	
Indefinite (not amortised)
Brand names	
Indefinite (not amortised)
Customer relationships	
10
Computer software	
3 to 5
The depreciation and amortisation expense recognised during the year is below:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Depreciation of plant and equipment	
4.2	
4.5
Amortisation on lease assets	
10.4	
9.6
Amortisation on intangibles – internally generated	
2.6	
2.4
Depreciation on intangibles – acquired	
47.8	
36.9
Total depreciation and amortisation expenses	
65.0	
53.4
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
104	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
1.6	 Finance costs
During the year, interest income was earned on bank balances and interest was paid on borrowings and lease liabilities as shown 
below. Interest income and interest expenses are recognised using the effective interest rate method.
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Interest on borrowings	
31.1	
17.1
Interest expense on leases	
2.1	
1.8
Amortisation of borrowing costs	
1.6	
1.3
Total finance costs	
34.8	
20.2
1.7	 Auditors’ remuneration
The following fees were paid or payable by the Group for and on behalf of all Group entities for services provided by the auditor and 
its related practices during the financial year:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$000	
$000
Audit services – Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (Australia)
Audit or review of the financial statements	
872.7	
735.0
Other assurance services	
80.5	
25.0
	
953.2	
760.0
Overseas Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu firms
Audit or review of the financial statements	
461.8	
415.4
	
461.8	
415.4
Audit services – unrelated firms
Audit or review of the financial statements	
42.7	
53.9
	
42.7	
53.9
105
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
1.8	 Earnings per share and dividends per share
a)	 Earnings per share
i)	 Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of IPH Limited, excluding any costs of servicing 
equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted 
for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial year.
ii)	 Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to consider the after income tax 
effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of 
shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Profit after income tax attributable to the owners of IPH Limited	
60.8	
64.5
	
2024	
2023 
	
No. of share	
No. of share 
	
000	
000
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share 1	
242,421	
225,496
Potential ordinary shares 2	
1,738	
1,493
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share	
244,159	
226,989
	
2024	
2023 
	
cents	
cents
Basic earnings per share	
25.12	
28.62
Diluted earnings per share	
24.94	
28.43
1.	 Unallocated treasury shares of 201,755 held by the employee share trust have been excluded from the weighted average number of shares in accordance 
with AASB 133 Earnings Per Share.
2.	 These are rights issued under the employee share plans as detailed in Note 1.3, adjusted to reflect the difference in value of rights to be vested compared to 
the share price as required under AASB 133 Earnings Per Share. This also includes potential shares issued as consideration for the ROBIC deferred consideration.
b)	 Dividends per share
The following table includes information relating to dividends recognised and paid during the financial year:
	
	
Cents	
Amount 
	
Date paid	
per share	
$m
For the year ended 30 June 2024
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2023	
16 September 2023	
17.5	
41.2
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2024	
22 March 2024	
16.0	
39.3
Total dividends	
	
	
80.5
For the year ended 30 June 2023
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2022	
16 September 2022	
16.0	
35.0
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2023	
17 March 2023	
15.5	
35.0
Total dividends	
	
	
70.0
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
106	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 1.  Financial results continued
i)	 Cash paid
The Dividend Reinvestment Plan was active during the financial year. The net amount of cash paid is as follows:
	
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
Note	
$m	
$m
Total dividend paid	
	
80.5	
70.0
Dividend re-investment plan – share issued	
3.2	
(22.0)	
(14.5)
Total cash paid	
	
58.5	
55.5
ii)	 Dividend declared after the end of the period
On 22 August 2024, the Company declared an ordinary dividend of 19.0 cents per share (franked at 30%) to be paid on 
20 September 2024. The dividend value is $47.1m. No provision for this dividend has been recognised in the Statement of 
Financial Position as at 30 June 2024, as it was declared after the end of the financial year.
iii)	 Franking credits
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on a tax rate of 30%	
1.7	
1.1
The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:
>	 franking credits that will arise from the payment of the amount of the provision for income tax at the reporting date,
>	 franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date, and
>	 franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.
1.9	 Notes to the consolidated statement of cash flows
The reconciliation of net profit after tax to cash generated from operating activities is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Profit after income tax	
60.8	
64.5
Adjustment for non-cash and non-operating cash flow items
  Depreciation and amortisation	
65.0	
53.4
  Impairment of right-of-use assets	
1.2	
—
  Unrealised foreign exchange	
3.6	
(0.7)
  Tax on revaluation of hedges	
1.3	
(1.8)
  Deferred consideration fair value adjustment	
—	
(6.3)
  Share-based payments	
6.6	
6.1
  Other non cash items	
0.9	
(1.4)
	
139.4	
113.8
Changes in working capital
  Decrease/(Increase) in trade and other receivables	
18.8	
(6.7)
  (Decrease) in deferred tax liabilities (excl. FX mvmt)	
(17.9)	
(4.6)
  (Increase) in other assets	
(3.8)	
(10.1)
  (Decrease)/Increase in trade and other payables	
(11.7)	
(7.1)
  Increase in provision for income tax	
2.1	
4.7
  (Decrease)/Increase in deferred revenue	
(0.8)	
(0.3)
  Increase/(Decrease) in provisions	
5.8	
2.1
Net cash inflow generated from operating activities	
131.9	
91.8
107
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital
2.1	 Trade and other receivables
a)	 Trade receivables and contract assets
The balance of trade receivables is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Trade receivables from contracts with customers	
163.6	
137.9
Less: Expected credit loss allowance	
(11.3)	
(8.9)
Net receivables	
152.3	
129.0
Other receivable 1	
5.9	
12.8
Closing balance	
158.2	
141.8
1.	 Other receivable comprises items such as GST, VAT, sales tax receivables, accrued interest and sundry debtors. GST, VAT, and sales tax receivables and payables 
are shown net to the extent that they are with the same tax authority and can be settled net.
Trade and other receivables include amounts due from customers for services performed in the ordinary course of business. 
Receivables expected to be collected within 12 months of the end of the reporting period are classified as current assets.
The increase in trade receivables is mainly driven by the increase in receivables from acquisition of new businesses during the year. 
The movement in gross trade receivables is as follows:
	
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
Note	
$m	
$m
Opening balance	
	
137.9	
85.1
Trade receivables from contracts with customers acquired as part of business combinations	
4.2	
22.3	
37.9
Receivables written off during the year as uncollectable 1, 2	
	
(2.2)	
(0.7)
Net movement in trade receivables with customers 1	
	
5.6	
15.5
Closing balance	
	
163.6	
137.9
1.	 These balances will also include the net effect of FX on trade receivables from contracts with customers.
2.	 The receivables written off during the year amounting to $2.2 million (2023: $0.7 million) largely relates to one client, which was fully provided for at the time 
of acquisition.
b)	 Ageing of receivables
The ageing of trade receivables shown below (net of the expected credit loss allowance) is based on the Group trading terms which 
range between 30 to 90 days depending on whether it is a local or foreign based customer. No interest is charged on outstanding 
trade receivables.
	
2024	
2023 
	
$m	
$m
Current	
99.1	
85.6
Past due but not impaired
  0 to 60 days past due	
22.6	
11.9
  61 to 90 days past due	
5.8	
8.8
  Over 91 days past due	
24.8	
22.7
Closing balance	
152.3	
129.0
The ageing has been calculated with reference to the trading terms of local clients (30 days) and international clients (90 days). No 
interest is charged on outstanding trade receivables. The Group’s ageing profile reflects the international nature of the client base 
with a weighting towards North America where cheque payment is still common, thus lengthening the collection cycle. It also reflects 
the nature of the Group’s relationship with other international attorney firms, whereby they will hold payment to IPH member firms 
until the ultimate client has paid them.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
108	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
c)	 Expected credit loss allowance
Trade and other receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and is subject to impairment. 
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss and reflect the expected credit loss (ECLs) over the life the trade receivables.
ECLs are estimated using a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience. This is then adjusted for factors 
that are specific to the customer, general economic conditions and an assessment of both the current and forecast conditions at the 
reporting date.
Significant judgement and estimate
Judgement is required when estimating the expected credit losses for receivables by using a matrix based on past loss 
experience of the receivables, general economic conditions, and an assessment of both the current and the forecast direction 
of conditions at the reporting date. Where required, an additional credit allowance or allowance release based on expected 
future changes in credit risk of specific customers is recognised.
Impairment losses for receivables are recognised in a separate credit loss allowance account and the carrying amount is presented 
net of this credit loss allowance.
When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written off are credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account 
are recognised in profit or loss.
During the year, an impairment loss of $0.5m (2023: $1.7m) was recognised relating to amounts no longer recoverable. 
The movement in the expected credit loss allowance is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
For the period ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Opening balance	
8.9	
3.0
Additional provisions recognised	
0.5	
1.7
Provisions recognised as part of business combinations	
4.1	
4.9
Receivables written off during the year	
(2.2)	
(0.7)
Closing balance	
11.3	
8.9
109
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
2.2	 Intangible assets
Intangible assets for the Group comprise goodwill arising from business combinations, brand names, customer relationships, 
and computer software (internally generated and acquired).
a)	 Intangible assets
The carrying amount and movement of intangible assets is as follows:
	
	
Brand	
Customer	
Capitalised	
Acquired 
	
Goodwill	
names	
relationships	
software	
software	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Cost	
593.5	
47.7	
493.1	
15.3	
5.2	
1,154.8
Accumulated amortisation and impairment loss	
—	
—	
(171.9)	
(11.1)	
(3.1)	
(186.1)
Net carrying value	
593.5	
47.7	
321.2	
4.2	
2.1	
968.7
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
508.4	
42.7	
283.9	
3.9	
3.1	
842.0
Additions	
—	
—	
—	
2.2	
—	
2.2
Additions through business combinations	
95.9	
6.1	
92.4	
0.5	
—	
194.9
Fx revaluation impact	
(10.8)	
(1.1)	
(8.3)	
0.2	
—	
(20.0)
Amortisation expense	
—	
—	
(46.8)	
(2.6)	
(1.0)	
(50.4)
Closing balance	
593.5	
47.7	
321.2	
4.2	
2.1	
968.7
As at 30 June 2023
Cost	
508.4	
42.7	
409.8	
11.4	
5.2	
977.5
Accumulated amortisation and impairment loss	
—	
—	
(125.9)	
(7.5)	
(2.1)	
(135.5)
Net carrying value	
508.4	
42.7	
283.9	
3.9	
3.1	
842.0
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
300.0	
12.6	
126.7	
4.2	
4.2	
447.7
Additions	
—	
—	
—	
2.8	
—	
2.8
Additions through business combinations	
204.2	
29.9	
191.7	
—	
—	
425.8
Disposals	
—	
(0.1)	
—	
(0.8)	
—	
(0.9)
Fx revaluation impact	
4.2	
0.3	
1.3	
0.1	
—	
5.9
Amortisation expense	
—	
—	
(35.8)	
(2.4)	
(1.1)	
(39.3)
Closing balance	
508.4	
42.7	
283.9	
3.9	
3.1	
842.0
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
110	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
The initial recognition and subsequent measurement policies of intangible assets are summarised below:
Initial recognition
Subsequent measurement
Goodwill
Recognised as the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the 
fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary/associate at the date of acquisition.
Not amortised.
Tested for impairment annually.
Other intangibles 
acquired as part of 
business combination
At the fair value determined on the date of the acquisition.
Amortised over their useful lives as 
noted in note 1.5. If not amortised, 
tested for impairment annually. 
Indefinite intangibles are tested for 
impairment annually and whenever 
there is an indicator of impairment.
Internally generated 
intangible assets
Recognised at cost.
The cost is amounts incurred during the development phase 
once all the asset recognition criteria have been met. Costs 
incurred during the research phase, or those that relate to 
normal operating and maintenance activities, or where the asset 
recognition criteria are not met are expensed when incurred.
Amortised over their useful lives as 
noted in note 1.6. If not amortised, 
tested for impairment annually.
SaaS configuration 
or customisation – 
asset controls 
underlying asset
Costs incurred in configuring or customising software in a cloud 
computing arrangement can only be recognised as an intangible 
asset if the activities create an intangible asset that the entity 
controls and the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria.
Amortised over their useful lives as 
noted in note 1.6. If not amortised, 
tested for impairment annually.
SaaS configuration or customisation costs that do not result in intangible assets are expensed as incurred, unless they are paid to the 
supplier of the cloud-based software to significantly customise the cloud-based software for the Group. If this is the case, the costs 
are recognised as a prepayment for services and amortised over the expected term of the cloud computing arrangement.
An intangible asset is derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from use or disposal. Gains or 
losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.
Refer to note 1.5 for details of useful lives.
b)	 Impairment assessment
Goodwill and other assets that have an indefinite useful life are not amortised but are tested annually for impairment in accordance 
with AASB 136 ‘Impairment of Assets’. Assets subject to annual depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever 
events or circumstances arise that indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may be impaired.
An impairment loss is recognised where the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
of an asset is defined as the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and value in use.
For the purposes of impairment testing, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash 
flows (cash generating units (CGU)).
A summary of the goodwill allocated to each CGU is set out below:
As at 30 June	
	
2024	
2023 
CGU	
Segment	
$m	
$m
Spruson & Ferguson – AU	
ANZ	
90.5	
90.5
Griffith Hack	
ANZ	
54.4	
54.4
Pizzeys	
ANZ	
68.3	
68.3
AJ Park	
ANZ	
42.6	
43.0
Spruson & Ferguson – Asia 1	
Asia	
46.0	
46.1
Smart & Biggar 2	
Canada	
235.4	
206.1
ROBIC 3	
Canada	
56.3	
—
Total goodwill	
	
593.5	
508.4
Changes from prior year:
1.	 Spruson & Ferguson Hong Kong and Spruson & Ferguson Singapore CGU’s were previously identified as separate CGU’s. Following the reorganisation of the Asian business 
a majority of cash inflows have been centralised through a singular entity. In line with this the CGU’s have been merged into one Spruson & Ferguson Asia CGU.
2	 On 29 September 2023 Smart & Biggar acquired Ridout & Maybee in Canada. The goodwill arising from this acquisition has been fully allocated to the Smart & Biggar CGU.
3	 On 15 December 2023, the Group acquired ROBIC in Canada. This is managed independently and has separate customers, and will be managed as a standalone CGU.
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
111
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
Impairment testing – significant judgements and estimates
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined primarily utilising a value-in-use calculation (VIU). For acquisitions made during 
the year, the VIU calculation has been done with reference to the fair value, given the acquisition date occurred within the past 
12 months. VIU calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets prepared by management and approved by the 
Board. Cashflows for future years are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below.
After five years a terminal growth rate is assumed, and terminal value-in-use calculated. The terminal growth rates do not exceed 
the average growth rates that the business has experienced and are generally lower than the short-term growth rates assumed.
EBITDA annual  
growth rate 
year 2 to 5
Terminal 
growth rate
Pre-tax  
discount rate
Post-tax  
discount rate
CGU	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023
Spruson & Ferguson – AU	
3.0%	
3.0%	
2.5%	
2.5%	
14.3%	
13.6%	
10.0%	
9.5%
Griffith Hack	
3.0%	
4.0%	
2.5%	
2.5%	
14.3%	
13.6%	
10.0%	
9.5%
Pizzeys	
3.0%	
3.5%	
2.5%	
2.5%	
14.3%	
13.6%	
10.0%	
9.5%
AJ Park	
3.0%	
4.0%	
2.0%	
2.0%	
15.0%	
13.9%	
10.8%	
10.0%
Spruson & Ferguson – Asia	
5.0%	
5.0%	
2.5%	
2.5%	
12.7%	
12.6%	
10.5%	
10.5%
Smart & Biggar	
3.0%	
3.0%	
2.0%	
2.0%	
13.2%	
12.9%	
9.7%	
9.5%
Robic	
3.0%	
n/a	
2.0%	
n/a	
13.2%	
n/a	
9.7%	
n/a
Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis has been conducted on the assumptions above to assess the effect on the recoverable amount of changes in 
the key assumptions. A reasonably possible change in key assumptions would not result in an impairment loss for any CGU except 
for the following:
i)	 For Pizzeys a decrease of the EBITDA CAGR by 3.53% or an increase in the post-tax discount rate of 1.20% would result in the 
carrying value of the Pizzeys CGU equalling the recoverable amount.
ii)	 As ROBIC was recently acquired, its carrying value approximates its fair value. Adverse changes in macroeconomic factors or 
failure to achieve planned growth objectives may lead to future impairment.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
112	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
2.3	Plant and equipment
The carrying amount and movement of plant and equipment is as follows:
	
	
	
Furniture, 
	
Leasehold	
Other	
fixtures	
Computer 
	
assets	
equipment	
and fittings	
equipment	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Cost	
25.9	
1.3	
8.2	
28.7	
64.1
Accumulated depreciation	
(13.6)	
(1.2)	
(5.9)	
(25.6)	
(46.3)
Net carrying value	
12.3	
0.1	
2.3	
3.1	
17.8
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
8.4	
0.2	
0.9	
3.3	
12.8
Additions	
5.9	
—	
1.4	
1.5	
8.8
Additions through business combinations	
0.5	
—	
0.5	
0.2	
1.2
Fx revaluation impact	
(1.1)	
—	
(0.3)	
0.6	
(0.8)
Depreciation expense	
(1.4)	
(0.1)	
(0.2)	
(2.5)	
(4.2)
Closing balance	
12.3	
0.1	
2.3	
3.1	
17.8
As at 30 June 2023
Cost	
19.9	
1.3	
5.6	
26.9	
53.7
Accumulated depreciation	
(11.5)	
(1.1)	
(4.7)	
(23.6)	
(40.9)
Net carrying value	
8.4	
0.2	
0.9	
3.3	
12.8
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
5.8	
0.2	
0.4	
2.3	
8.7
Additions	
2.6	
—	
0.1	
1.4	
4.1
Additions through business combinations	
2.0	
—	
0.8	
1.5	
4.3
Fx revaluation impact	
0.1	
—	
—	
0.1	
0.2
Depreciation expense	
(2.1)	
—	
(0.4)	
(2.0)	
(4.5)
Closing balance	
8.4	
0.2	
0.9	
3.3	
12.8
Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Refer to note 1.5 for 
details of useful life.
Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of plant and equipment is determined as the difference between 
the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.
113
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
2.4	Leases
The Group enters leases for premises and office equipment. The Group recognises a right-of use-asset and a lease liability at the 
lease commencement date.
a)	 Right of use assets.
The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the 
commencement day, less any lease incentives received and any initial direct costs. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period 
of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.
The carrying value of the right of use assets, and the movement during the year is as follows:
	
	
Other 
	
Premises	
equipment	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Cost	
114.4	
2.5	
116.9
Accumulated depreciation	
(65.1)	
(2.1)	
(67.2)
Net carrying value	
49.3	
0.4	
49.7
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
45.0	
0.7	
45.7
Additions	
8.6	
—	
8.6
Additions through business combinations	
7.4	
—	
7.4
Impairment expense	
(1.2)	
—	
(1.2)
Fx revaluation impact	
(0.4)	
—	
(0.4)
Depreciation expense	
(10.1)	
(0.3)	
(10.4)
Closing balance	
49.3	
0.4	
49.7
As at 30 June 2023
Cost	
101.5	
2.5	
104.0
Accumulated depreciation	
(56.5)	
(1.8)	
(58.3)
Net carrying value	
45.0	
0.7	
45.7
Movement during the period
Opening balance	
30.7	
0.2	
30.9
Additions	
16.9	
0.1	
17.0
Additions through business combinations	
7.2	
0.8	
8.0
Disposals	
(0.6)	
—	
(0.6)
Depreciation expense	
(9.2)	
(0.4)	
(9.6)
Closing balance	
45.0	
0.7	
45.7
b)	 Lease liabilities
The Group’s lease liabilities related to the rights of use assets is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
	
$m	
$m
Current	
9.9	
9.7
Non-current	
47.8	
43.8
Total lease liabilities	
57.7	
53.5
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate which was 3.95% (2023: 3.66%). The lease liability is subsequently measured 
by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the 
carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. Refer to note 3.3 for future undiscounted lease payments table.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
114	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
The movements in the lease liabilities balance are as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Opening balance at 1 July	
53.5	
42.8
Additions	
8.6	
17.0
Additions through business combinations	
7.4	
8.0
Disposals	
—	
(0.6)
Fx revaluation impact	
(1.5)	
(0.2)
Payments of lease liabilities	
(10.3)	
(13.5)
Closing balance	
57.7	
53.5
c)	 Lease impact on comprehensive income and cashflows
The amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cashflows are as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Recognised in the statement of comprehensive income
Depreciation charge – right-of-use assets	
10.4	
9.6
Interest expense (included in finance costs)	
2.1	
1.8
Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities (included in occupancy expenses)	
5.3	
3.0
Recognised in the statement of cashflow
Payment of lease liabilities	
10.3	
13.5
Payment of interest expenses on lease liabilities	
2.1	
1.8
2.5.	Other assets
Other assets comprise prepayments and derivatives as shown below:
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Other current assets
Prepayments	
8.6	
6.6
Interest rate swaps	
0.6	
0.3
Other current assets	
0.9	
0.8
Closing balance	
10.1	
7.7
Other non-current assets
Interest rate swaps	
2.0	
6.1
Other current assets	
0.1	
0.4
Closing balance	
2.1	
6.5
115
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 2.  Core assets and working capital continued
2.6	Trade and other payables
The breakdown of payables and other liabilities is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Trade payables	
18.2	
15.8
Accruals	
18.4	
10.2
Deferred consideration payable 1	
6.1	
1.7
Other payables	
5.1	
12.8
Closing balance	
47.8	
40.5
1.	 The deferred consideration in 2024 relates to the purchase of ROBIC. Refer Note 4.2 for information on the acquisition. In 2023. The deferred consideration was 
in relation to the Applied Marks acquisition in 2021. The amount was settled during the current year through the issue of 216,496 shares.
2.7	 Provisions
The breakdown of provisions is as follows:
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Current provisions
Employee provisions	
26.1	
20.4
Closing balance	
26.1	
20.4
Non-current provisions
Employee provisions 1	
5.2	
4.2
Other provisions	
1.0	
1.0
Closing balance	
6.2	
5.2
1.	 Includes $0.8m of a post-retirement medical plan liability relating to health insurance plan for a limited number of beneficiaries over a limited period. 
The carrying amount is based on the actuarial valuation from an external actuary.
Section 3. Finance and capital structure
3.1	 Borrowings
On 27 September 2023, the Group entered an Amendment Deed (Deed) to its existing debt facilities with HSBC, Westpac, ANZ and 
CBA. As part of the Deed, the Bank of Montreal and National Bank of Canada joined the existing banks as lenders under the debt 
facility. The loan facilities and amounts drawn are shown below:
Limit
Drawn
	
	
Limit	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023 
	
Expiry	
Base Curr	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
Multicurrency revolving loan facility	
27 Sep 26	
AUD 115m	
115.0	
115.0	
49.2	
114.0
Acquisition term loan facility	
27 Sep 26	
AUD 70m	
70.0	
70.0	
70.0	
70.0
Loan facility	
19 Aug 25	
CAD 180m	
197.3	
204.4	
197.3	
204.4
Term loan facility	
27 Sep 27	
CAD 40.2m	
44.1	
—	
44.1	
—
Term loan facility	
27 Sep 27	
CAD 68.3m	
74.8	
—	
74.8	
—
Total	
	
	
501.2	
389.4	
435.4	
388.4
Borrowing costs	
	
	
	
	
(1.3)	
(0.7)
Closing balance	
	
	
501.2	
389.4	
434.1	
387.7
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
116	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 3. Finance and capital structure continued
The proceeds and repayments of these borrowing arrangements, excluding borrowing costs, during the year are summarised below:
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Opening balance	
388.4	
118.5
Drawdowns	
127.9	
269.0
Repayments	
(70.4)	
—
Fx revaluation impact	
(10.5)	
0.9
Closing balance	
435.4	
388.4
3.2	Issued capital
a)	 Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity and entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the 
Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par value and 
the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, 
from the proceeds.
	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
shares	
shares	
$m	
$m
Ordinary class shares – fully paid	
247,738,121	
234,855,739	
641.5	
558.1
The movement in issued capital during the year is shown below.
	
2024	
2023	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
shares	
shares	
$m	
$m
Opening balance	
234,855,739	
218,819,232	
558.1	
424.8
Issue of shares under Employee and Executive Incentive Plans	
611,911	
745,299	
—	
—
Shares issued under the dividend re-investment plan	
3,199,782	
1,714,273	
22.0	
14.5
Shares issued on business acquisitions 1	
9,020,689	
13,576,925	
61.4	
118.8
Closing balance	
247,738,121	
234,855,739	
641.5	
558.1
1.	 The shares issued during the current year relate to the acquisition of Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC (Refer Note 4.2) and 216,496 shares for the settlement 
of the earnout related to the Applied Marks acquisition.
b)	 Employee share trust
On 1 July 2017, IPH established the Employee Share Trust for the purpose of acquiring and allocating shares granted through the 
IPH Employee Incentive Plan. At 30 June 2024, the number of shares held by the trust was 1,319,033 (30 June 2023: 1,535,360). 
611,911 shares were issued to the trust during the year (2023: 745,299).
c)	 Shares subject to voluntary escrow
At 30 June 2024, 22,597,624 shares were subject to voluntary escrow. The shares are held by the vendors of ROBIC, Ridout & Maybee 
and Smart & Biggar. At 30 June 2023, 13,576,935 shares were subject to voluntary escrow, held by the vendors of the Smart & Biggar. 
The company has no right to acquire these shares or to control the voting rights attaching to these shares.
117
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 3. Finance and capital structure continued
3.3	Financial risk management
Financial risk management objectives
The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential 
adverse effects on the financial performance of the Group. The Groups principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, 
comprise of cash, receivables, payables and bank loan facilities. In accordance with the risk management policy, the Group may enter 
derivative transactions for the purposes of managing the Group’s exposure to foreign currency or interest rate risks.
The Group does not trade in derivative instruments for speculative purposes. The Group uses different methods to measure the different types 
of risks to which it is exposed, including sensitivity analysis in the case of interest rate and foreign exchange and ageing analysis for credit risk.
a)	 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital is to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimum capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.
The Group would look to raise capital when an opportunity to invest in a business or company was seen as value adding relative to the 
current Company’s share price at the time of the investment.
The Group is subject to certain loan financing covenants and meeting these is given priority in all capital risk management decisions. 
There have been no events of default on the financing arrangements during the financial year.
b)	 Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. 
The Group may obtain payments in advance or restrict the services offered where appropriate to mitigate credit risk. The maximum 
exposure to credit risk as the reporting date to recognised financial assets is th carrying amount, net of any provisions for impairment 
of those assets, as disclosure in the Statement of Financial Position and notes to the financial statements. The Group does not have 
any material credit risk exposure to any singular debtor or group of debtors and does not hold any collateral.
c)	 Market risk
i)	 Foreign currency risk
The individual financial statements of each Group entity are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the entity operates (its functional currency).
To the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group entity are expressed in Australian dollars ($), 
which is the functional currency of the Company and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements.
In preparing the financial statements the following translation principles have been applied:
Item
When
Rate applied
Gains or losses
Translation to functional currency
Income and expense transactions
Upon recognition
At rate on date of the transaction
n/a
Monetary items
Upon recognition
At rate on date of recognition date
n/a
At period end
Retranslated at the period end rate
Profit or loss (to reserves if monetary 
item designated as a hedge)
Non-monetary items
Upon recognition
At rate on date of recognition date
n/a
At period end
Not retranslated
Translation from functional currency to reporting currency
Income and expense items
At period end
Average exchange rates for the period FCTR
Assets and liabilities 
(including Goodwill and 
acquired intangible assets)
At period end
Retranslated at the period end rate
FCTR
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
118	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 3. Finance and capital structure continued
Risk exposure
The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currency and is exposed to foreign currency risk through foreign 
exchange rate fluctuations. Foreign currency exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognised financial 
assets and financial liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.
To the extent possible, the Group manages these exposures through natural hedging arrangements where foreign assets and 
liabilities denominated in the same foreign currency are matched. For any residual exposures that cannot naturally offset, the Group 
may enter forward exchange contracts to mitigate the residual exposure in line with Board approved risk management policies.
The focus is on minimising exposure to fluctuations in the rate of the United States Dollar (USD), Canadian Dollar (CAD) and the 
European Union’s Euro (EUR) which represent most of the Group’s foreign currency exposure. At the balance date, the material 
exposure to foreign currency foreign denominated financial assets and liabilities are shown below (in AUD equivalent).
	
USD	
EUR	
CAD 
	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Net financial assets/(liabilities) exposure to FX	
41.4	
6.4	
(41.6)
FX contracts to mitigate exposure	
(29.9)	
—	
—
Net exposure	
11.5	
6.4	
(41.6)
Exchange rate (AUD : Foreign currency)	
1.4993	
1.6064	
1.0960
As at 30 June 2023
Net financial assets/(liabilities) exposure to FX	
70.4	
5.6	
(45.4)
FX contracts to mitigate exposure	
—	
—	
—
Net exposure	
70.4	
5.6	
(45.4)
Exchange rate (AUD : Foreign currency)	
1.5060	
1.6393	
1.1366
Sensitivity
A depreciation of the AUD against the foreign currency net asset / liability exposure will results in a net loss / gain in profit or loss 
and equity. The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent move in the AUD against the respective currencies.
USD
EUR
CAD
	
Net profit	
Equity	
Net profit	
Equity	
Net profit	
Equity 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
+1 cent	
(0.3)	
(0.3)	
(0.0)	
(0.0)	
(0.0)	
0.4
-1 cent	
0.3	
0.3	
0.0	
0.0	
0.0	
(0.4)
As at 30 June 2023
+1 cent	
(0.5)	
(0.5)	
(0.0)	
(0.0)	
0.0	
0.4
-1 cent	
0.5	
0.5	
0.0	
0.0	
(0.0)	
(0.4)
The impact on net profit is the same as the impact on equity except for Canada dollar exposures. The CAD exposure includes 
CAD $37.3m (a portion of the external debt CAD $180m maturing in August 2025 is held in Australia), which is designated as a net 
investment hedge against the net assets of the Canadian business. Foreign currency translation gains or losses on this CAD debt 
is recognised directly in other comprehensive income to the foreign current translation reserve. The hedge ratio of the designation 
is 1:1, the associated foreign currency movement for the period was AU $1.6m and there was no hedge ineffectiveness.
119
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 3. Finance and capital structure continued
ii)	 Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is segregated into the nature of the risk as follows:
Type
Impact
Exposure arising from
Cashflow interest rate risk
Changes to cashflows (mainly interest expense) will result in 
higher interest expense or lower interest income
Variable rate instruments e.g. bank debt
Fair value interest rate risk
Changes to fair value of assets and liabilities will result in 
gains and losses recognised in the statement of profit or loss
Fixed rate instrument held at fair 
value or derivative contracts (e.g. IRS)
Cashflow interest rate risk
The group is exposed to interest rate risk on its interest-bearing assets and liabilities. Though the Group is exposed to interest rate risk on 
cash balances, the main cash flow interest rate risk arises from bank borrowings. The Group’s policy is to seek to reduce its variable interest 
rate exposure using interest rate swaps, where it is appropriate to do so in accordance with the Groups risk management policies.
The exposure to cashflow interest rate risk is summarised in the table below:
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Borrowings at variable interest rate	
434.1	
387.7
Interest rate swap (variable to fixed)	
(341.1)	
(354.6)
Net interest rate exposure	
93.0	
33.1
Group weighted average interest rate	
6.52%	
6.21%
The Group’s policy is to seek to reduce its interest rate risk exposure to using interest rate swaps. The interest rate swaps are 
designated as cashflow hedges and fair value gains and losses to the extent they are effective, are recognised in the cashflow hedge 
reserve in equity, and recycled to the profit or loss when the hedged item effects profit or loss. Any fair value gains or losses arise 
from ineffectiveness are recognised in profit or loss immediately. The effects of the interest rate swaps on the Group’s financial 
position and performance shown below:
	
2024	
2023 
	
$m	
$m
Carrying amount
Current	
0.6	
0.3
Non-current	
2.0	
6.1
	
2.6	
6.4
Notional amount	
341.1	
354.6
Maturity date	
2027	
2027
Hedge ratio	
1:1	
1:1
Changes in fair value of outstanding hedging instruments since inception of the hedge	
2.6	
6.4
Changes in fair value deemed effective recognised in cashflow hedge reserve	
(2.6)	
(6.4)
Weighted average hedge rate for the year	
3.92%	
3.92%
Sensitivity to cashflow interest rate risk
An increase or decrease in interest rates will result in an increase or decrease in interest expense on the net exposure of borrowings 
shown above. The table below shows the impact of a 100 basis point (1%) change in interest rates.
2024
2023
	
Net profit	
Equity	
Net profit	
Equity 
12 months from 30 June	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
+ 1%	
0.1	
0.1	
0.3	
0.3
- 1%	
(0.1)	
(0.1)	
(0.3)	
(0.3)
iii)	 Fair value Interest rate risk
The Group is also exposed to fair value interest rate risk arising from the fair value of the interest rate swaps. This risk is not 
considered material, and as the interest rate swaps are designated as cashflow hedging instruments, any gains or losses from 
changes in fair value emanating from interest rate movements are recognised in the cashflow hedge reserve in equity.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
120	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 3. Finance and capital structure continued
d)	 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will have insufficient funds to meet is financial commitments as and when they fall due. 
These arise from short term payables such as trade creditors or taxation payments, and long-term borrowings.
The table below shows the undiscounted contractual cash outflows arising from financial liabilities:
	
Contractual cash outflows
	
Carrying	
Less than	
1 to 2	
over 2 
	
amount	
1 year	
years	
years 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
At 30 June 2024
Trade payables	
18.2	
18.2	
—	
—
Sundry creditors and accruals	
19.8	
19.8	
—	
—
Deferred consideration	
6.2	
6.2	
—	
—
Lease liabilities	
57.7	
9.7	
11.3	
42.7
Borrowings – principal	
435.4	
—	
197.3	
238.1
Borrowings – interest payments	
3.7	
29.4	
16.1	
16.1
Total contractual cash outflows	
541.0	
83.3	
224.7	
296.9
At 30 June 2023
Trade payables	
15.8	
15.8	
—	
—
Sundry creditors and accruals	
20.9	
20.9	
—	
—
Deferred consideration	
1.7	
1.7	
—	
—
Lease liabilities	
53.5	
11.5	
10.0	
38.8
Borrowings – principal	
388.4	
—	
184.0	
204.4
Borrowings – interest payments	
2.1	
24.1	
13.3	
1.1
Total contractual cash outflows	
482.4	
74.0	
207.3	
244.3
1.	 The fair value of interest rate swaps was $2.5m asset (2023: $6.4m asset). The derivative assets are included in note 2.5 under other assets.
The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the 
financial liabilities are required to be paid. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows disclosed as remaining contractual 
maturities and therefore these totals may differ from their carrying amount in the statement of financial position.
Interest payments would be offset by net interest receipt/payments on the interest rate swaps classified as cashflow hedges. As the 
interest rate swaps are in an asset position, the cashflows have not been included in the analysis above.
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves to meet short term obligations, as well as having access 
to adequate capital sources in the form of undrawn borrowing facilities.
e)	 Fair value measurement
The carrying value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities approximate fair value. The group determines the fair value of 
these financial assets and liabilities using valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data 
is available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.
The Group has classified the valuation technique applied in determining the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured 
at fair value as follows:
Level
Valuation technique
Group financial instruments
Level 1
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
that the entity can access at the measurement date.
Nil
Level 2
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
Interest rate swaps and forward 
exchange contracts
Level 3
Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.
Deferred consideration
121
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures
4.1	 Taxation
The income tax expense or benefit is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income tax rate 
for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements.
Current tax is calculated by reference to the amount of income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable profit or tax loss 
for the period. It is calculated using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by reporting date.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period(s) when the asset and liability 
giving rise to them are realised or settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
reporting date.
a)	 Income tax expense
Current and deferred tax is recognised as an expense or income in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income, except when it relates to items credited or debited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognised 
directly in equity.
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Current tax	
37.7	
28.5
Deferred tax	
(16.6)	
(5.6)
Income tax expense	
21.1	
22.9
Reconciliation of income tax expense and tax at the statutory rate
Profit before income tax expense	
81.9	
87.4
Tax at the statutory rate of 30%	
24.6	
26.2
Tax effect amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:
Permanent differences 1	
4.0	
2.3
Difference in overseas tax rates	
(6.6)	
(5.7)
Under / (Over) Provided with Respect to Current Tax in Prior Years	
(0.4)	
—
Under / (Over) Provided with Respect to Deferred Tax in Prior Years	
(0.3)	
0.4
Effect of Income That is Exempt From Tax	
(0.2)	
(0.3)
Income tax expense	
21.1	
22.9
1. Permanent differences are primarily attributable to non-deductible expenses such as acquisition costs and share-based payments.
Australian tax consolidated group
The Company and its wholly owned Australian resident entities are part of a tax-consolidated group which was formed on 
3 September 2014. Therefore, all members of the tax-consolidated group are taxed as a single entity. The head entity within 
the tax consolidated group is IPH Limited.
Tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences of the members of the 
tax‑consolidated group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax consolidated group using 
the “separate taxpayer within group” approach.
Current tax liabilities and assets and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and tax credits of the members of the 
tax‑consolidated group are recognised by the Company (as head entity in the tax-consolidated group).
Due to the existence of a tax funding arrangement between the entities in the tax-consolidated group, amounts are recognised as 
payable to or receivable by the Company and each member of the group in relation to the tax contribution amounts paid or payable 
between the parent entity and the other members of the tax consolidated group in accordance with the arrangement.
Where the tax contribution amount recognised by each member of the tax consolidated group for a particular period is different to 
the aggregate of the current tax liability or asset and any deferred tax asset arising from unused tax losses and tax credits in respect 
of that period, the difference is recognised as a contribution from (or distribution to) equity participants.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
122	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
b)	 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements 
and the corresponding tax base.
2024
2023
	
Gross	
Right of offset	 Per Balance Sheet	
Gross	
Right of offset	 Per Balance Sheet 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
Deferred tax assets	
13.0	
(13.0)	
—	
11.6	
(11.6)	
—
Deferred tax liabilities	
(104.8)	
13.0	
(91.8)	
(95.9)	
11.6	
(84.3)
Net deferred tax liability	
(91.8)	
—	
(91.8)	
(84.3)	
—	
(84.3)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.
The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the way the Company 
expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.
i)	 Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences and losses as follows:
	
Credit loss	
	
Leased	
Transaction	
	
 
	
allowance	
Provisions	
assets	
costs	
Other	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Opening balance	
1.0	
4.8	
2.1	
2.1	
1.6	
11.6
Arising from business acquisitions	
0.2	
—	
—	
—	
(0.1)	
0.1
Movement recognised in profit or loss	
(0.1)	
1.2	
0.2	
(0.7)	
0.7	
1.3
Closing balance	
1.1	
6.0	
2.3	
1.4	
2.2	
13.0
As at 30 June 2023
Opening balance	
0.6	
5.1	
2.9	
2.6	
1.7	
12.9
Arising from business acquisitions	
0.2	
—	
0.2	
—	
—	
0.4
Movement recognised in profit or loss	
0.2	
(0.3)	
(1.0)	
(0.5)	
(0.1)	
(1.7)
Closing balance	
1.0	
4.8	
2.1	
2.1	
1.6	
11.6
ii)	 Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences as shown below:
	
Contract	
Foreign	
Intangible	
Financial	
	
 
	
assets	
exchange	
assets	
instruments	
Other	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m	
$m
As at 30 June 2024
Opening balance	
(4.1)	
(0.9)	
(88.6)	
(1.9)	
(0.4)	
(95.9)
Arising from business acquisitions	
0.1	
—	
(25.6)	
—	
—	
(25.5)
Movement during the year recognised in:
  equity	
—	
—	
—	
1.3	
—	
1.3
  profit or loss	
—	
(0.1)	
15.9	
—	
(0.5)	
15.3
Closing balance	
(4.0)	
(1.0)	
(98.3)	
(0.6)	
(0.9)	
(104.8)
As at 30 June 2023
Opening balance	
(1.6)	
(0.4)	
(40.8)	
(0.1)	
—	
(42.9)
Arising from business acquisitions	
(1.2)	
—	
(57.3)	
—	
—	
(58.5)
Movement during the year recognised in:	
—
  equity	
—	
—	
—	
(1.8)	
—	
(1.8)
  profit or loss	
(1.3)	
(0.5)	
9.5	
—	
(0.4)	
7.3
Closing balance	
(4.1)	
(0.9)	
(88.6)	
(1.9)	
(0.4)	
(95.9)
123
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
c)	 Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except where the amount of GST incurred is not 
recoverable from the Tax Office. In these circumstances the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part 
of an item of the expense. Receivables and payables in the consolidated Statement of Financial Position are shown inclusive of GST.
Cash flows are presented in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis, except for the GST component of investing and financing 
activities, which are disclosed as operating cash flows.
4.2	Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations. During the period the Group completed two business 
acquisitions – being Ridout & Maybee in September 2023, and Robic in December 2023. The details of the acquisitions are shown below.
The initial accounting for the acquisitions has been provisionally determined at the end of the reporting period pending finalisation of 
tax positions and trade receivables as at the relevant acquisition dates.
a)	 Ridout & Maybee
On 29 September 2023 Smart & Biggar, by way of a share purchase agreement, acquired the businesses of the Canadian IP services 
firm Ridout & Maybee (R&M). R&M joined the existing Smart & Biggar (S&B) business to form one combined firm operating under the 
Smart & Biggar brand.
i) Purchase consideration – Ridout & Maybee
The consideration was settled by way of cash payments of CAD 42.5m (A$49.2m) funded by a drawdown on a new Canadian Dollar 
denominated IPH debt facility and the issuance of 2,842,488 IPH shares at the acquisition date share price of $7.40.
	
$m
Cash 1	
49.0
Deferred contingent consideration	
0.2
Equity Instruments	
21.0
Total purchase consideration	
70.2
1.	 Includes completion refund of CAD 1.6m received on 24 April 2024.
ii)	 Net assets acquired – Ridout & Maybee
The fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed were as follows:
	
Fair value 
	
$m
Overdraft	
(3.4)
Trade receivables	
6.9
Contract assets	
1.0
Lease assets	
1.3
Other assets	
0.5
Intangible assets – customer relationships	
37.3
Other liabilities	
(2.1)
Deferred tax liability	
(10.0)
Identifiable asset and liabilities acquired	
31.5
Goodwill recognised	
38.7
Total purchase consideration	
70.2
The purchase price accounting (PPA) was provisional at 31 December 2023, and has been updated during the period. This resulted in 
a decrease in the fair value of trade receivables acquired by $1.6m. The cash consideration has decreased by $1.8m following refunds 
received from the final working capital adjustments. 
The purchase price accounting remains provisional due to the pending finalisation of tax positions and trade receivables as at 
acquisition date.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
124	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
b)	 ROBIC
On 15 December 2023 the Group, by way of a share purchase agreement, acquired the businesses of the IP agency practice of 
ROBIC, which holds an interest in the legal practice of ROBIC as permitted by Canadian regulation. The Group acquired the IP agency 
practice of ROBIC LP (ROBIC), which holds a 49.9% interest in the ROBIC LLP law entity, as well as several other legal entities (ROBIC 
Group). The Quebec laws and regulations for lawyers and law firms requires majority ownership to reside with local individuals that are 
registered as a lawyer (or their professional corporations).
Significant judgement on controlling interest
The assessment of control is a significant judgement in the financial statements. The Group controls an entity where it has: 
the power to direct the relevant activities; exposure, or rights to, variable returns; and the ability to utilise power to affect the 
entity’s returns. The professional code of conduct and Quebec laws and regulations for lawyers and law firms in Canada requires 
ownership to reside with local individuals who are registered as a lawyer.
The substance of the arrangement is that IPH has the power over the relevant activities that influence the variable returns of the 
ROBIC Group. While IPH only holds 49.9% of the ROBIC LLP law entity, this power is established by IPH wholly owning ROBIC that 
can set budgets, approve acceptance of any clients or client engagements, determine nature and pricing of services, and provision 
of critical intellectual property and other services which are necessary to conduct such a business. In addition, IPH is exposed to 
residual returns of the ROBIC Group after remunerating the managing partners (who are the holders of the remaining interest). 
As a result, there is no non-controlling interest that is recognised in relation to the acquisition of ROBIC Group.
i)	 Purchase consideration – ROBIC
The consideration was settled by way of cash payments of CAD 68.6m (A$77.9m) funded by a drawdown on a new Canadian Dollar 
denominated IPH debt facility, the issuance of 5,961,705 IPH shares at the acquisition date share price $6.51, and a deferred 
earn-out capped at CAD 5.6m, to be settled in a combination of cash and IPH shares.
The deferred contingent consideration is dependent upon ROBIC outperforming a threshold which is based broadly in-line with 
the earnings level that was achieved in the 12 months to 31 March 2023. The measurement period runs for one year from the date 
of acquisition.
The fair value is determined based on the probability that the threshold will be met, and the deferred consideration will be paid in full. 
As the payment will be in less than 12 months, no discount has been applied to the liability.
	
	
$m
Cash 1	
	
77.9
Equity Instruments	
	
38.8
Deferred contingent consideration	
	
6.2
Total purchase consideration	
	
122.9
1.	 Includes completion payment of CAD 1.4m paid on 14 May 2024.
125
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
ii)	 Net assets acquired – ROBIC
The fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed were as follows:
	
Fair value 
	
$m
Cash	
0.7
Trade receivables	
15.4
Contract assets	
4.9
Lease assets	
6.1
Other assets	
2.8
Intangible assets – customer relationships	
55.1
Intangible assets – brand names	
6.1
Other liabilities	
(10.0)
Deferred tax liability	
(15.4)
Identifiable asset and liabilities acquired	
65.7
Goodwill recognised	
57.2
Total purchase consideration	
122.9
The provisional accounting undertaken at 31 December 2023 has been updated to reflect fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities. 
This results in a decrease to receivables of $0.6m, a decrease to other assets of $0.6m, a decrease to contract assets of $0.7m and 
a decrease to deferred tax liability of $0.9m.
The cash consideration was increased by $1.6m following additional payments to the vendor relating to the final completion working 
capital adjustments.
The purchase price accounting remains provisional due to the pending finalisation of tax positions and trade receivables as at 
acquisition date.
c)	 Cash used to acquire business during the year
The reconciliation of the total purchase consideration and cash used is shown below:
	
Ridout & Maybee	
ROBIC	
Total 
	
$m	
$m	
$m
Acquisition-date fair value of total consideration transferred	
49.0	
77.9	
126.9
Add overdraft assumed / (less) cash acquired	
3.4	
(0.7)	
2.7
Net cash used	
52.4	
77.2	
129.6
d)	 Contribution since acquisition date Ridout & Maybee and ROBIC
	
	
Profit 
	
Revenue	
before tax
	
$m	
$m
ROBIC contribution:
  From acquisition date	
39.2	
4.6
  If acquisition was 1 July 2023	
72.4	
8.5
R&M was integrated into S&B after the date of acquisition as per the acquisition business case, and the financial performance of R&M 
is not maintained separately. The revenues and expenses attributable to R&M are not separately identifiable from the financial results of 
S&B. Thus, the contribution from R&M to Group revenue and profit for the period of ownership from 29 September 2023 to 30 June 2024 
has not been disclosed.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
126	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
4.3	Parent entity financial information
In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, these financial statements present the results of the Group. The parent of the Group 
is IPH Limited, which is a for profit entity listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX).
The summary statement of comprehensive income and summary statement of financial position are presented below:
a)	 Summary Statement of Comprehensive income
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Profit after income tax	
58.3	
57.5
Other comprehensive income	
1.6	
1.8
b)	 Summary Statement of financial position
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Current assets	
326.1	
311.6
Non-current assets	
721.1	
673.0
Total assets	
1,047.2	
984.6
Current liabilities	
83.8	
9.3
Non-current liabilities	
320.3	
392.3
Total liabilities	
404.1	
401.6
Net assets	
643.1	
583.0
Equity
Issued capital	
641.5	
558.1
Share based payment reserve	
16.7	
14.5
Other reserves	
6.8	
9.9
(Accumulated losses) / Retained profits	
(21.9)	
0.5
Total Equity	
643.1	
583.0
c)	 Guarantees entered by the parent entity in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries.
The parent entity has guaranteed the debts of its subsidiaries as a party of the deed of cross guarantee as detailed in Note 4.5.
The parent entity had no contingent liabilities or capital commitments as at 30 June 2024.
4.4	Subsidiaries
a)	 Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements are those of the consolidated entity (the Group), comprising the financial statements of the 
parent entity and all the entities the parent controls. The Company controls an entity when it has power over the investee and the 
Group is exposed to or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and can affect those returns through its 
power to direct the activities of the entity.
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses 
control of the subsidiary. Specifically, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income from the date the Company gains control until the date 
when the Company ceases to control the subsidiary.
When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with 
the Group’s accounting policies. All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions 
between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.
127
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
Significant judgement on controlling interest
The Group completed the acquisition of the IP agency practice of Smart & Biggar (S&B), which holds a 49.9% interest in the 
S&B LLP Law entity as well as several other legal entities (S&B Group). The professional code of conduct and Quebec laws and 
regulations for lawyers and law firms in Canada requires ownership to reside with local individuals who are registered as a lawyer.
The substance of the arrangement is that IPH has the power over the relevant activities that influence the variable returns of the 
S&B Group. While IPH only holds 49.9% of the S&B LLP Law entity, this power is established by IPH holding a majority representation 
of the Governance Board that could set budgets, approve acceptance of any clients or client engagements, determine nature and 
pricing of services, provision of critical intellectual property and other services which are necessary to conduct such a business.
In addition, IPH is exposed to all residual returns of the S&B Group after remunerating the managing partners (who are the holders of 
the remaining interest). As a result, there is no non-controlling interest that is recognised in relation to the acquisition of S&B Group.
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of IPH Limited 1 and the following subsidiaries:
	
Ownership
	
2024	
2023
Australia and New Zealand
AJ Park IP Limited	
100.0%	
100.0%
AJ Park IP Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
AJ Park Law Limited 3	
0.0%	
0.0%
Applied Marks Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
GH Law Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
GH PTM Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Glasshouse Advisory Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Griffith Hack Holdings Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Intellectual Property Management Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
IPH Employee Share Trust	
0.0%	
0.0%
IPH Services Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Pizzeys Patent & Trade Mark Attorneys Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Shelston IP Lawyers Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Shelston IP Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson Lawyers Pty Limited 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson Pty Limited 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson (NSW) Pty Limited 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Watermark Advisory Services Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Watermark Australasia Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Watermark Holdings Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Watermark Intellectual Property Lawyers Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Watermark Intellectual Property Pty Ltd 2	
0.0%	
100.0%
Xenith IP Group Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Xenith IP Services Pty Ltd 4,5	
100.0%	
100.0%
Canada
1447704 B.C. Ltd. 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
2545-2509 Québec Inc. 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
88766 Canada Inc. 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
CIPS, Canadian Intellectual Property Service Inc. 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
IPH Canadian Holdings Limited	
100.0%	
100.0%
IPH Canadian Investments Limited 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
IPH Canadian IP Holdings LP 7	
75.0%	
75.0%
IPH Canadian Services Limited 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
IPH Québec Holdings Limited 6	
100.0%	
0.0%
ROBIC IP Agency LP 6	
99.9%	
0.0%
ROBIC Law LLP 6,8	
49.9%	
0.0%
Smart & Biggar Alberta LLP 9	
0.0%	
0.0%
Smart & Biggar LLP 8	
49.9%	
49.9%
Smart & Biggar LP	
99.9%	
99.9%
Smart & Biggar Management Limited	
99.9%	
99.9%
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
128	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
	
Ownership
	
2024	
2023
Other countries
Beijing Pat SF Intellectual Property Agency Co Ltd 3	
0.0%	
0.0%
IPH Holdings (Asia) Pte Ltd	
100.0%	
100.0%
IPH US Inc	
100.0%	
100.0%
IPH (Thailand) Ltd 10	
49.0%	
49.0%
Pizzeys Pte Ltd	
100.0%	
100.0%
PT Spruson Ferguson Indonesia	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson Intellectual Property Agency (Beijing) Company Ltd	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson Ltd	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson (Asia) Pte Limited	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson (Hong Kong) Ltd	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson (M) SDN BHD	
100.0%	
100.0%
Spruson & Ferguson (Philippines) Inc	
99.0%	
99.0%
1.	 IPH Limited is the head entity within the tax consolidated group.
2.	 These entities were voluntarily deregistered in the financial year ended 30 June 2024.
3.	 These entities have Alliance Agreements with Group entities which results in consolidation in the Group for Accounting purposes.
4.	 These companies are members of the tax consolidated group.
5.	 These wholly owned subsidiaries entered a deed of cross guarantee with IPH limited pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned Companies) Instrument 
2016/785 and are relieved from the requirements to prepare and lodge an audited financial report (note 4.5).
6.	 These entities were acquired or incorporated in the financial year ended 30 June 2024.
7.	 The remaining 25% is held by Smart & Biggar LLP.
8.	 This entity has exclusive services and licence agreements and terms of the partnership agreement which results in consolidation in the Group for 
Accounting purposes.
9.	 This entity has exclusive services and licence agreements which results in consolidation in the Group for Accounting purposes.
10.	The Group holds 90.6% of the voting rights and thus has control of this entity.
4.5	Deed of cross guarantee
IPH Limited and several Australian wholly owned subsidiaries (outlined in Note 4.4) are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under 
which each company guarantees the debts of the others.
By entering the deed, the relevant, wholly owned subsidiaries have been relieved from the requirement to prepare the financial report 
and Directors’ Report under ASIC Corporations (Wholly Owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission.
The amounts disclosed in the tables below represent the consolidated amounts for the entities within the closed group.
a)	 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Total revenue	
345.6	
282.8
Total expenses	
(219.6)	
(197.9)
Profit before income tax expense	
126.0	
84.9
Income tax expense	
(12.4)	
(10.1)
Profit after income tax expense for the year	
113.6	
74.8
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax	
2.9	
4.1
Total comprehensive income for the year	
116.5	
78.9
129
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
b)	 Summary of movement in consolidated retained losses
	
2024	
2023 
For the year ended 30 June	
$m	
$m
Opening accumulated losses	
(235.9)	
(236.8)
Profit for the period	
113.6	
74.8
Dividends paid	
(138.0)	
(73.9)
Closing accumulated losses	
(260.3)	
(235.9)
	
2024	
2023 
As at 30 June	
$m	
$m
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	
20.2	
61.2
Trade and other receivables	
204.7	
232.8
Other assets	
14.0	
19.8
Total current assets	
238.9	
313.8
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment	
3.7	
3.7
Right-of-use assets	
16.7	
20.6
Intangibles	
91.6	
92.0
Investments in subsidiaries	
406.6	
346.6
Deferred tax	
6.3	
2.9
Total non-current assets	
524.9	
465.8
Total assets	
763.8	
779.6
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables	
16.7	
18.4
Provisions	
15.7	
12.0
Interest bearing lease liabilities	
4.1	
4.1
Deferred revenue	
1.4	
2.9
Total current liabilities	
37.9	
37.4
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings	
316.5	
388.6
Interest bearing lease liabilities	
17.8	
22.0
Other liabilities	
4.1	
4.0
Total non-current liabilities	
338.4	
414.6
Total liabilities	
376.3	
452.0
Net assets	
387.5	
327.6
Equity
Issued capital	
640.6	
558.1
Reserves	
7.2	
5.4
Accumulated losses	
(260.3)	
(235.9)
Total equity	
387.5	
327.6
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
130	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Section 4. Other disclosures continued
4.6	Contingent liabilities
The Group has given bank guarantees in respect of leased office premises as at 30 June 2024 of $10.3m (2023: $10.0m).
From time to time failures or defects in the lodgement or prosecution of intellectual property rights by Group businesses or their 
associates may occur. Whilst in most cases the failure or defect can be remedied with the relevant intellectual property offices, 
the Group maintains professional indemnity insurances to insure against loss arising from such events.
Any material matters which could result in a possible outflow to the Group are disclosed with appropriate provisions made for 
probable outflows.
4.7	 Events after the balance sheet date
Other than the dividend declared per note 1.8 (b), there has not been any matter or circumstance occurring subsequent to the 
end of the financial year that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.
131
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Consolidated entity disclosure statement
a)	 Basis of Preparation
This Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement (CEDS) has been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and includes 
required information for each entity that was part of the consolidated entity as at the end of the financial year.
b)	 Determination of Tax Residency
Section 295 (3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 defines tax residency as having the meaning in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997. 
The determination of tax residency involves judgment as there are currently several different interpretations that could be adopted, 
and which could give rise to a different conclusion on residency.
In determining tax residency, the consolidated entity has applied the following interpretations:
Australian tax 
residency
The consolidated entity has applied current legislation and judicial precedent, including having regard to the Tax 
Commissioner’s public guidance.
Foreign tax 
residency
Where necessary, the consolidated entity has used independent tax advisers in foreign jurisdictions to assist in its 
determination of tax residency to ensure applicable foreign tax legislation has been complied with.
Partnership 
and Trusts
Australian tax law does not contain specific residency tests for partnerships and trusts. Generally, these entities are 
taxed on a flow-through basis so there is no need for a general residence test. There are some provisions which 
treat trusts as residents for certain purposes, but this does not mean the trust itself is an entity that is subject to tax.
Additional disclosures on the tax status of partnerships and trusts have been provided where relevant.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
132	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Consolidated entity disclosure statement
	
	
% of share 	
Country of	
 
Entity Name	
Entity type	
capital held	
incorporation	
Tax residency
1447704 B.C. Ltd. 1	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
2545-2509 Quebec Inc.	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
88766 Canada Inc.	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
AJ Park IP Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
New Zealand	
Foreign - New Zealand
AJ Park Law Limited	
Body Corporate	
0.0	
New Zealand	
Foreign - New Zealand
Applied Marks Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Beijing Pat SF Intellectual Property Agency Co Ltd	
Body Corporate	
0.0	
China	
Foreign - China
CIPS, Canadian Intellectual Property Service Inc.	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
GH Law Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
GH PTM Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Griffith Hack Holdings Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
IPH (Thailand) Ltd	
Body Corporate	
49.0	
Thailand	
Foreign - Thailand
IPH Canadian Holdings Limited 1	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
IPH Canadian Investments Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
IPH Canadian IP Holdings LP	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
IPH Canadian Services Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
IPH Employee Share Trust 	
Trust	
n.a	
Australia	
Australian
IPH Holdings (Asia) Pte Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Singapore	
Foreign - Singapore
IPH Limited 2	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
IPH Québec Holdings Limited 1	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
IPH Services Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
IPH US Inc	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
USA	
Foreign - USA
Pizzeys Patent & Trade Mark Attorneys Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australia
Pizzeys Pte Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Singapore	
Foreign - Singapore
PT Spruson Ferguson Indonesia	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Indonesia	
Foreign - Indonesia
ROBIC IP Agency LP 1	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
ROBIC Law LLP	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
Smart & Biggar Alberta LLP	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
Smart & Biggar LLP 1	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
Smart & Biggar LP 1	
Partnership	
n.a	
n.a	
Foreign - Canada
Smart & Biggar Management Limited	
Body Corporate	
99.9	
Canada	
Foreign - Canada
Spruson & Ferguson (Asia) Pte Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Singapore	
Foreign - Singapore
Spruson & Ferguson (Hong Kong) Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Hong Kong	
Foreign - Hong Kong
Spruson & Ferguson (M) SDN BHD	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Malaysia	
Foreign - Malaysia
Spruson & Ferguson (NSW) Pty Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Spruson & Ferguson (Philippines) Inc	
Body Corporate	
99.0	
Philippines	
Foreign - Philippines
Spruson & Ferguson Intellectual 
  Property Agency (Beijing) Company Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
China	
Foreign - China
Spruson & Ferguson Lawyers Pty Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Spruson & Ferguson Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Thailand	
Foreign - Thailand
Spruson & Ferguson Pty Limited	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Xenith IP Group Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
Xenith IP Services Pty Ltd	
Body Corporate	
100.0	
Australia	
Australian
1.	 These entities are partners in a partnership which is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements.
2.	 This entity is a trustee of a trust which is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements.
133
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

The Directors’ declare that:
>	 In the directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they 
become due and payable;
>	 In the directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as 
stated in note 1 to the financial statements;
>	 In the directors’ opinion, the attached financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including compliance with accounting standards and giving a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the 
consolidated entity;
>	 The directors have been given the declarations required by s.295A of the Corporations Act 2001;
>	 In the directors’ opinion, the attached consolidated entity disclosure statement is true and correct.
At the date of this declaration, the company is within the class of companies affected by ASIC Corporations (Wholly owned 
Companies) Instrument 2016/785. The nature of the deed of cross guarantee is such that each company which is party 
to the deed guarantees to each creditor payment in full of any debt in accordance with the deed of cross guarantee.
In the directors’ opinion, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company and the companies to which the 
ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/785 applies, as detailed in note 4.5 to the financial statements, will as a group, be able 
to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject because of the deed of cross guarantee. 
Signed in accordance with a resolution of Directors made pursuant to section 295(5)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001.
On behalf of the Directors
Dr Andrew Blattman
Managing Director
22 August 2024 
Sydney
Directors’ declaration
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
134	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Independent auditor’s report
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific Limited and the Deloitte organisation.
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
ABN 74 490 121 060
Quay Quarter Tower
Level 46, 50 Bridge St
Sydney, NSW, 2000
Australia
Phone: +61 2 9322 7000
www.deloitte.com.au
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of IPH Limited
Report on the Audit of the Financial Report
Opinion
We have audited the financial report of IPH Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) which
comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2024, the consolidated statement of
profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including
material accounting policy information and other explanatory information, the directors’ declaration and the
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement.
In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,
including:

Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2024 and of its financial performance
for the year then ended; and

Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of
our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in
accordance with the Code.
We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s
report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our
opinion.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of
the financial report for the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters.
135
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report
Key Audit Matter
How the scope of our audit responded to the Key Audit
Matter
Accounting for the acquisition of Ridout
& Maybee (“R&M”) and ROBIC LP
(“ROBIC”)
As disclosed in note 4.2 (a), IPH Limited
acquired R&M on 29 September 2023. In
accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards, IPH Limited has recorded the
fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed on the acquisition date.
The total consideration was $70.2 million
and provisional goodwill of $38.7 million
was recognised on acquisition.
As disclosed in note 4.2 (b), IPH Limited
acquired ROBIC on 15 December 2023. In
accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards, IPH Limited has recorded the
fair value of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed on acquisition date.
The total consideration was $122.9 million
and provisional goodwill of $57.2 million
was recognised on acquisition.
Accounting for acquisitions is complex and
requires significant judgement, requiring
management to determine:
•
whether IPH controls all the
entities acquired;
•
the 
fair 
value 
of 
the
consideration 
including 
any
contingent amounts; and
•
the fair value of the identifiable
intangible 
assets 
such 
as
customer 
relationships 
and
trademarks which are recognised
separately from goodwill.
The acquisition of R&M and ROBIC is a key
audit matter due to the complexity and
judgements involved in accounting for the
business combination and the fair value of
the assets acquired and  liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition.
Our procedures performed included, but were not limited to:
•
Obtaining a detailed understanding of the terms and
conditions of the related purchase agreements
including the determination of the nature and the
amount of any contingent consideration;
•
Reviewing the technical accounting position papers
prepared by management's external expert, in
respect of whether IPH has acquired control over all
the entities acquired in accordance with Australian
Accounting Standards;
•
Performing a detailed review of management’s
external expert’s purchase price allocation report to
understand the scope of their engagement and any
limitations in their report;
•
Evaluating the competence, capability and objectivity
of management’s external experts used to determine
the accounting treatment, referred to above, and
those used to determine the fair value of the
intangible assets acquired and the associated
purchase price accounting;
•
Evaluating the methodology used by management to
ascertain the fair value of the purchase consideration
at acquisition date, including the probability of
EBITDA hurdles being achieved by ROBIC and hence
likelihood of the payment of the contingent
consideration;
•
Obtaining and assessing management’s position
paper setting out the accounting treatment and
calculation of the contingent consideration;
•
In conjunction with our valuation specialists,
evaluating the appropriateness of the fair values
attributed to the  tangible and intangible assets
acquired, 
and 
liabilities 
(including 
contingent
liabilities) assumed as part of the business acquisition
by:
•
assessing the identification  of customer
relationships and patents and trademarks;
•
performing procedures on the intangible
asset valuations, including;
•
analysing cash flow assumptions
such as revenue growth rates, gross
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
136	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Independent auditor’s report
margin and contributory asset
charges,
•
assessing the discount rate used;
and
•
challenging the reasonableness of
the valuation outputs.
•
In conjunction with our tax specialists, reviewing the
work performed by management’s expert in respect
of the income tax cost base of assets and liabilities and
any associated deferred tax assets and liabilities
recognised; and
•
Evaluating the adequacy of disclosures made in the
financial 
report 
against 
relevant 
accounting
standards.
Recoverable value of Pizzeys and ROBIC
cash generating units
Goodwill relating to the Pizzeys cash
generating unit (“CGU”) and ROBIC CGU as
disclosed in note 2.2 (b) was $68.3 million
and 
$56.3 
million, 
respectively.
Management has applied a ‘value in use’
approach for impairment testing purposes
to both CGUs.
As set out in note 2.2 (b), for the Pizzeys
CGU, a decrease of the EBITDA Compound
Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) by 3.53% or
an increase in the post-tax discount rate of
1.20% would result in the carrying value of
the Pizzeys CGU being equal to the
recoverable amount.
As set out in note 2.2 (b), for the ROBIC
CGU, as it was acquired in the current
financial 
year, 
the 
carrying 
value
approximates its fair value. Any adverse
changes in macroeconomic factors or
failure 
to 
achieve 
planned 
growth
objectives, may lead to future impairment.
The estimate of the recoverable value of
each CGU requires management to exercise
significant judgement in determining the
key assumptions used in the cash flow
projections such as:

short-term forecast revenue and
costs;

long-term growth rates; and
Our procedures performed included, but were not limited to:
•
Evaluating management’s assessment of whether
there are any impairment indicators;
•
Obtaining an understanding of the design and
implementation 
of 
management’s 
process 
to
estimate the recoverable value of each CGU including
the budgeting and forecast process and the
preparation of discounted cash flow models;
•
Agreeing the assumptions used in the discounted cash
flow models to Board approved budgets and
forecasts;
•
Considering the impact of broader economic
conditions on future forecast cash flows, with specific
focus on forecast revenue and costs;
•
Assessing the historical accuracy of management’s
forecasting by comparing actual results to budgeted
results for preceding years;
•
In conjunction with our valuation specialists:
•
assessing 
the appropriateness of 
the
methodology 
used 
in 
management’s
discounted cash flow models; and
•
challenging the key assumptions and
estimates used by management in their
discounted cash flow models, including
analysis of long-term growth rates with
reference to industry data and external
economic outlook and determining our
independent expectation of an appropriate
discount rate range;
137
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report
Other Information
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included
in the Group’s annual report for the year ended 30 June 2024 but does not include the financial report and our
auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed,
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report
The directors of the Company are responsible:

For the preparation of the financial report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a
true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Group in accordance with Australian
Accounting Standards; and

For such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial
report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving a true and fair view of the financial
position and performance of the Group, and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error.
In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to continue as
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report.

discount rates.
Changes to these assumptions can impact
the recoverable value of each CGU.
•
Challenging and evaluating the appropriateness of
management’s sensitivity analysis; and
•
Evaluating the adequacy of disclosures made in the
financial report against the relevant accounting
standards.
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
138	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Independent auditor’s report
As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error,
design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from
fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Group’s internal control.

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and
related disclosures made by the directors.

Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on
the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may
cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material
uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the
financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause
the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, and
whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair
presentation.

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business
activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for the direction,
supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our
audit.
We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards
applied.
From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest
benefits of such communication.
Report on the Remuneration Report
Opinion on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in Section 5 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 30
June 2024.
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of IPH Limited for the year ended 30 June 2024, complies with section
300A of the Corporations Act 2001.
139
Directors’ report
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Financial statements

Independent auditor’s report
Responsibilities
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU
X Delaney
Partner
Chartered Accountants
Sydney, 22 August 2024
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
140	 IPH Annual Report 2024

Shareholder information
Distribution of equitable securities
Analysis of the number of equitable security holders by size of holding:
Range	
Securities	
%	
No. of holders
100,001 and over	
217,418,987	
87.76	
119
10,001 to 100,000	
13,582,323	
5.48	
543
5,001 to 10,000	
6,366,531	
2.57	
870
1,001 to 5,000	
8,863,989	
3.58	
3,448
1 to 1,000	
1,506,291	
0.61	
3,385
Total	
247,738,121	
100.00	
8,365
Geographic distribution
Range	
Securities	
%	
No. of holders	
%
Australia	
224,880,098	
90.79	
8,164	
97.60
  Australia Capital territory	
558,965	
0.23	
139	
1.66
  New South Wales	
156,346,899	
63.12	
3,260	
38.99
  Northern Territory	
71,819	
0.03	
34	
0.41
  Queensland	
7,201,438	
2.91	
1,731	
20.69
  South Australia	
2,120,188	
0.86	
534	
6.38
  Tasmania	
209,020	
0.08	
90	
1.08
  Victoria	
56,700,090	
22.89	
1,794	
21.44
  Western Australia	
1,666,679	
0.67	
581	
6.94
  Other	
5,000	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Bahrain	
450	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Canada	
22,381,128	
9.03	
95	
1.14
China	
4,105	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Hong Kong	
6,234	
0.00	
3	
0.04
India	
700	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Indonesia	
2,982	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Italy	
4,333	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Japan	
974	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Malaysia	
4,800	
0.00	
3	
0.04
New Zealand	
311,040	
0.13	
69	
0.82
Papua New Guinea	
1,000	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Philippines	
1,770	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Singapore	
52,672	
0.02	
9	
0.11
Sweden	
1,657	
0.00	
1	
0.01
Thailand	
8,000	
0.00	
1	
0.01
United Kingdom	
53,006	
0.02	
7	
0.08
United States	
23,172	
0.01	
6	
0.07
Total	
247,738,121	
100.00	
8,366	
100.00
141
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Shareholder information

Shareholder information
Equity security holders
Twenty largest quoted equity security holders
The names of the twenty largest registered holders of quoted equity securities as at 31 July 2024 are listed below:
Rank	
Name	
A/C designation	
31 Jul 2024	
%IC
1	
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
	
81,463,731	
32.89
2	
J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED	
	
40,094,309	
16.18
3	
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED	
	
37,490,160	
15.13
4	
NATIONAL NOMINEES PTY LIMITED	
	
9,732,304	
3.93
5	
UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD	
	
3,582,981	
1.45
6	
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD	
	
2,234,608	
0.90
7	
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD	
	
1,790,132	
0.72
8	
PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED	
IPHEMP SHARE TST	
1,520,788	
0.61
9	
TALABAH PTY LIMITED	
	
1,367,175	
0.55
10	
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED	
	
1,349,154	
0.54
11	
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
	
1,116,064	
0.45
12	
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD	
	
1,011,578	
0.41
13	
WOMBEE PTY LTD	
	
1,000,654	
0.40
14	
SETDOR PTY LTD	
	
1,000,000	
0.40
15	
BKI INVESTMENT COMPANY LIMITED	
	
965,000	
0.39
16	
HSBC NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED	
	
935,781	
0.38
17	
D/CO GESTION INC	
	
707,769	
0.29
17	
GESTIAN COMMERCIALE CHOPIN INC	
	
707,769	
0.29
19	
15530598 CANADA INC	
	
650,991	
0.26
20	
15530474 CANADA INC	
	
636,796	
0.26
Total	
	
	
189,357,744	
76.43
Balance of register	
	
58,380,377	
23.57
Grand total	
	
247,738,121	
100.00
Unquoted equity securities
	
No. on issue	
No. of holders
Performance rights	
2,876,557	
185
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
142	
IPH Annual Report 2024

Shareholder information
Substantial holders
The names of substantial shareholders of the Company’s ordinary shares as at 31 July 2024 (holding no less than 5%) who have 
notified the Company in accordance with section 671B of the Corporations Act 2001 are:
	
Date of the last	
	
Percentage of 
Holder	
notice received	
No. of securities	
issued capital
IPH Ltd and its related bodies corporate 1	
18 December 2023	
24,127,996	
9.81%
Perpetual Limited and its related bodies corporate	
20 May 2024	
21,267,571	
5.86%
The Vanguard Group, Inc. and its controlled entities	
21 May 2024	
12,705,745	
5.16%
State Street Corporation and subsidiaries	
14 May 2024	
12,558,827	
5.07%
1.	 The restrictions on disposal of shares under the voluntary escrow arrangements that the Company has in place with the vendors of the businesses of ROBIC, 
Ridout & Maybee and Smart & Biggar give the Company a relevant interest in 22,597,624 shares. However, the company has no right to acquire these shares or 
to control the voting rights attaching to these shares. The remaining 1,530,372 shares are held by the IPH Limited employee share trust.
Voting rights
The voting rights attached to ordinary shares are set out below:
–	 Ordinary shares – on a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon 
a poll each share shall have one vote.
–	 There are no other classes of equity securities.
Restricted securities
There are no restricted securities.
Securities subject to voluntary escrow
Class	
Expiry date	
No. of securities
Ordinary	
6 October 2024	
5,317,980
Ordinary	
1 January 2025	
8,258,955
Ordinary	
14 July 2025	
216,496
Ordinary	
29 September 2025	
2,842,488
Ordinary	
15 December 2025	
5,961,705
143
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Corporate directory
iphltd.com.au
Shareholder information

Directors
Mr Peter Warne  |  Chairman
Dr Andrew Blattman
Mr John Atkin 
Ms Vicki Carter 
Ms Jingmin Qian
Mr David Wiadrowski 
Company Secretary
Ms Tamsyn Hoff
Notice of Annual General Meeting
IPH will hold its 2024 Annual General Meeting 
on Thursday 14 November 2024.
Registered office
Level 22, Tower 2, Darling Park 
201 Sussex Street, Sydney NSW 2000
T	 02 9393 0301
F	 02 9261 5486
Principal place of business
Level 22, Tower 2, Darling Park 
201 Sussex Street, Sydney NSW 2000
Share register
Link Market Services Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000
T	 1300 554 474
Auditor
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Quay Quarter Tower, 50 Bridge Street, 
Sydney NSW 2000
Solicitors
Bird & Bird
Level 22, 25 Martin Place, 
Sydney NSW 2000
Stock exchange listing
IPH Limited shares are listed on the 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX code: IPH)
Website
www.iphltd.com.au
Corporate Governance Statement
The Corporate Governance Statement has been approved 
by the Board of Directors and can be found at www.iphltd.com.au
Corporate directory
About
Year in review
Our Board & Leadership
Sustainability
144	 IPH Annual Report 2024

designdavey
Directors’ report
Financial statements
Remuneration report
Shareholder information
Corporate directory
145
iphltd.com.au